WO2023005744A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023005744A1
WO2023005744A1 PCT/CN2022/106515 CN2022106515W WO2023005744A1 WO 2023005744 A1 WO2023005744 A1 WO 2023005744A1 CN 2022106515 W CN2022106515 W CN 2022106515W WO 2023005744 A1 WO2023005744 A1 WO 2023005744A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
symbols
time slots
pusch
available time
time slot
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/106515
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
马蕊香
郭志恒
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023005744A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023005744A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/53Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on regulatory allocation policies

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the uplink transmission of the new radio (NR) system for example, the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH)
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the repeated transmission of PUSCH mainly includes three types of repeated transmission: Type A repeated transmission, Type B repeated transmission, and enhanced Type A repeated transmission.
  • Type A repeated transmission when used for repeated transmission of PUSCH, in order to meet the requirements for the number of repeated transmissions, it may occur that the available time slots for repeated transmissions may cause time-domain resource conflicts due to cross-period boundaries, affecting Normal communication between access network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device, which can ensure normal communication between access network equipment and terminal equipment, and improve communication reliability.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH, and the above K available time slots are in In the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the K is smaller than the M, and the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the first PUSCH is sent in the K available time slots.
  • the determined K The available time slots are all in the same cycle, thereby avoiding the problem of resource conflict caused by extending the determined available time slots to the next cycle, and improving the reliability of communication.
  • the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the first PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above start symbol S and the number of symbols
  • the time domain resource determined by L is the first time domain resource; among the above K available time slots among the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, the time slots that meet the first condition It is an unavailable time slot, and the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement
  • the symbols used to transmit the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH of type 0 occupy the control resource set, the symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, and the symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH.
  • Symbols of other PUCCHs whose transmission priority is higher than the above-mentioned PUSCH symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario
  • symbols, in the carrier aggregation scenario refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which includes: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period Corresponding M second available time slots; D available time slots overlap among the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots; the above third PUSCH transmission period is after the above second PUSCH transmission period transmission period; when the second condition is met, the second PUSCH is sent in the above D available time slots, and when the above second condition is not met, the third PUSCH is sent in the above D available time slots; or, in the above The above-mentioned second PUSCH is sent in V time slots among the D available time slots, and the above-mentioned third PUSCH is sent in other time slots except the above-mentioned V time slots among the above-mentioned D available time slots, and the above-mentioned V is less than the above-mentioned d.
  • the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the above-mentioned second PUSCH or the above-mentioned third PUSCH, wherein each time slot is composed of the above-mentioned start symbol S
  • the time-domain resource determined by the number of symbols L above is the first time-domain resource; among the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots, in the consecutive N1 time slots , the time slot that satisfies the first condition is an unavailable time slot; in the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, the above-mentioned first condition is satisfied
  • the time slots are unavailable time slots; the first time domain resources included in the time slots satisfying the above first condition overlap with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, Symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols used for the control resource
  • the above-mentioned second condition includes: if the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then sending the second PUSCH in the D available time slots; or, if D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, sending the second PUSCH in the D available time slots.
  • the above-mentioned For the second PUSCH if the first available time slot of the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot of the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then the above first available time slots are sent in the above D available time slots Three PUSCHs, or, if the above-mentioned D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the above-mentioned second PUSCH is sent in the above-mentioned D available time slots; if the above-mentioned D is greater than the first preset threshold Q, then the above-mentioned D available time slots are sent The above-mentioned third PUSCH is sent in the time slot. Therefore, when a resource conflict occurs, only one type of data is sent in the conflicted resource, ensuring normal communication.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period Corresponding M second available time slots; D available time slots overlap among the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots; the above third PUSCH transmission period is after the above second PUSCH transmission period
  • the transmission cycle send the second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or send the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots; send the first indication information, and the above-mentioned first indication information is used to indicate that in the above-mentioned D time slots Sending the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or sending the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots.
  • the terminal device can choose to send the first PUSCH or the second PSUCH on the conflicting resource, and notify the access network device of the PUSCH it chooses to send through the indication information. Therefore, it can Ensure normal communication between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • the above-mentioned first indication information includes at least one of the following information: hybrid automatic repeat request process number HPN, new data indicator NDI, and redundancy version RV.
  • the first indication information is punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle; determining M available time slots for sending the fourth PUSCH, The above-mentioned M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period; the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH is transmitted in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length P of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission period is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: semi-static signaling
  • the period corresponding to the configured downlink symbol, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0 occupies The period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, the period corresponding to the symbol used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, and the period
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining M available time slots, if the above M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission cycle, then The PUSCH is not transmitted in the above M slots.
  • the PUSCH is not sent in the above M time slots, so as to avoid the occurrence of collision problems.
  • the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number L of symbols configured for sending the PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the above start symbol S and the number L of symbols
  • the time-domain resource of is the first time-domain resource; among the above-mentioned M available time slots among the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable
  • the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, Symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used for transmission priority Symbols of other PUCCHs with a higher level than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols configured based on
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining K available time slots for receiving the first PUSCH, and the above K available time slots are in In the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the K is smaller than the M, and the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the first PUSCH is received in the K available time slots.
  • the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number of symbols L used to receive the first PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the above start symbol S and the number of symbols L
  • the time-domain resource obtained is the first time-domain resource; in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above K available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable Using time slots, the first time domain resources included in the time slots satisfying the first condition overlap with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement , Symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, used for transmission Symbols of other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used for repeated reception of PUCCHs, symbols configured based on
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period Corresponding M second available time slots; D available time slots overlap among the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots; the above third PUSCH transmission period is after the above second PUSCH transmission period The transmission period; when the second condition is met, the second PUSCH is received in the above-mentioned D available time slots, and when the above-mentioned second condition is not met, the third PUSCH is received in the above-mentioned D available time slots; or, in the above-mentioned
  • the above-mentioned second PUSCH is received in V time slots among the D available time slots, and the above-mentioned third PUSCH is received in other time slots except the above-mentioned V time slots among the above-mentioned D available time slots, and the
  • the above-mentioned method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving the above-mentioned second PUSCH or the above-mentioned third PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above-mentioned start symbol S and the above-mentioned
  • the time-domain resource determined by the number of symbols L is the first time-domain resource; in the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots, satisfy The time slot of the first condition is an unavailable time slot; in the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, the time slot that meets the above-mentioned first condition The slot is an unavailable time slot; the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the above first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink
  • the above-mentioned second condition includes: if the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then The second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots; or, if the D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period Corresponding M second available time slots; D available time slots overlap among the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots; the above third PUSCH transmission period is after the above second PUSCH transmission period The transmission period; receive the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or receive the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots; receive the first indication information, and the above-mentioned first indication information is used to indicate that in the above-mentioned D time slots receiving the second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or receiving the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots.
  • the above-mentioned first indication information includes at least one of the following information: hybrid automatic repeat request process number HPN, new data indicator NDI, and redundancy version RV.
  • the first indication information is punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle; determining M available time slots for receiving the fourth PUSCH, The above-mentioned M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period; the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH is received in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length P of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission period is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: semi-static signaling
  • the period corresponding to the configured downlink symbol, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0 occupies The period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, the period corresponding to the symbol used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, and the period
  • the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining M available time slots, if the above M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission cycle, then PUSCH is not received in the aforementioned M slots.
  • the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number L of symbols used for receiving PUSCH, wherein, in each time slot, the time determined by the above start symbol S and the number L of symbols
  • the domain resource is the first time domain resource; among the above M available time slots, among the X consecutive time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable time slots,
  • the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols used for Symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH of transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used for transmission with high priority Symbols of other PUCCHs on the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly transmit PUCCH, symbols configured based on high-level
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine K for sending the first PUSCH available time slots, the above K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the above K is less than the above M, and the time slots outside the above-mentioned first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the transceiver unit is used for the above K The above-mentioned first PUSCH is sent in available time slots.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the above-mentioned first PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above-mentioned start symbol S and the above-mentioned symbol
  • the time-domain resource determined by the number L is the first time-domain resource; in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above K available time slots, the first condition is met
  • the time slot is an unavailable time slot, and the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for Symbols for downlink measurement, symbols used for the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH , Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with a
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine the M corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period The first available time slots and the M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above-mentioned first The three PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the above-mentioned second PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to send the second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots when the second condition is met, and when the above-mentioned second condition is not met, Send the third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots; or, the above-mentioned transceiver unit is configured to send the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentione
  • the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the above-mentioned second PUSCH or the above-mentioned third PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the above-mentioned start
  • the time domain resource determined by the symbol S and the number L of the above symbols is the first time domain resource; the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above M first available time slots Among the slots, the slots that meet the first condition are unavailable slots; in the consecutive N2 slots between the first available slot and the last available slot in the above M second available slots, the above-mentioned first condition is satisfied.
  • a time slot with one condition is an unavailable time slot; the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition above overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission , symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols used for the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, and other symbols used for transmission priority higher than the above PUSCH PUSCH symbols, symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration, used in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario
  • the above-mentioned second condition includes: if the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then sending the second PUSCH in the D available time slots; or, if D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, sending the second PUSCH in the D available time slots.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine the M corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle The first available time slots and the M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above-mentioned first The three PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the above-mentioned second PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to send the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or send the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots; the above-mentioned transceiver unit , used to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to send the second PUSCH in the D time slots or to send the third PUSCH
  • the above-mentioned first indication information includes at least one of the following information: hybrid automatic repeat request process number HPN, new data indicator NDI, and redundancy version RV.
  • the first indication information is punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit for determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above processing unit is used for determining For sending the M available time slots of the fourth PUSCH, the above M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to send the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission period P It is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the period corresponding to the symbol used for transmission The period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used for up
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit, configured to determine M available time slots, if the above If the M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission period, then the PUSCH is not sent in the above M time slots.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above-mentioned start symbol S and the above-mentioned number of symbols L
  • the determined time-domain resource is the first time-domain resource; in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above M available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are In an unavailable time slot, the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement Symbols, symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, used for Symbols of other PUCCHs whose transmission priority is higher than the above PUSCH, used
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine K for receiving the first PUSCH available time slots, the above K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the above K is less than the above M, and the time slots outside the above-mentioned first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the transceiver unit is used for the above K The above-mentioned first PUSCH is received in available time slots.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving the above-mentioned first PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above-mentioned start symbol S and the above-mentioned number of symbols
  • the time domain resource determined by L is the first time domain resource; among the above K available time slots among the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, the time slots that meet the first condition It is an unavailable time slot, and the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement
  • the symbols used to transmit the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH of type 0 occupy the control resource set, the symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, and the symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH.
  • Symbols of other PUCCHs whose transmission priority is higher than the above-mentioned PUSCH symbols used for repeated reception of PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, symbols used for receiving synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario
  • symbols, in the carrier aggregation scenario refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine the M corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle The first available time slots and the M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above-mentioned first The three PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the above-mentioned second PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to receive the second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots when the second condition is met, and when the above-mentioned second condition is not met, Receive the third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots; or, the above-mentioned transceiver unit is configured to receive the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available
  • the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving the above-mentioned second PUSCH or the above-mentioned third PUSCH, wherein each time slot is composed of the above-mentioned start symbol S
  • the time-domain resource determined by the number of symbols L above is the first time-domain resource; among the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots, in the consecutive N1 time slots , the time slot that satisfies the first condition is an unavailable time slot; in the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, the above-mentioned first condition is satisfied
  • the time slots are unavailable time slots; the first time domain resources included in the time slots satisfying the above first condition overlap with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, Symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols
  • the above-mentioned second condition includes: if the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then The second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots; or, if the D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine the M corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle The first available time slots and the M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above-mentioned first The three PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the above-mentioned second PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to receive the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or receive the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots; the above-mentioned transceiver unit , used to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to receive the second PUSCH in the D time slots or to receive the third PU
  • the above-mentioned first indication information includes at least one of the following information: hybrid automatic repeat request process number HPN, new data indicator NDI, and redundancy version RV.
  • the first indication information is punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit for determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above processing unit is used for determining For receiving the M available time slots of the fourth PUSCH, the above M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to receive the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission period P It is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the period corresponding to the symbol used for transmission The period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit, configured to determine M available time slots, if the above If the M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission period, then the PUSCH will not be received in the above M time slots.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the above-mentioned start symbol S and the number of symbols L
  • the time-domain resource of is the first time-domain resource; among the above-mentioned M available time slots among the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable
  • the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, Symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used for transmission priority Symbols of other PUCCHs with a higher level than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send P
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device can execute the above-mentioned methods in the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
  • the functions of the communication device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the unit or module can be software and/or hardware.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the device may be an access network device, or a device in the access network device, or a device that can be matched with the access network device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device may execute the methods described in the sixth aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • the function of the communication device can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the unit or module can be software and/or hardware.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the above-mentioned communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the above-mentioned processor and the above-mentioned transceiver are used to execute at least one computer program or instruction stored in a memory, so that the above-mentioned device realizes The method of any one of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, and the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are coupled; the processor and the transceiver are used to implement the first aspect to the tenth aspect any one of the methods.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer programs or instructions are stored.
  • the computer programs or instructions are executed by the computer, any one of the first to tenth aspects can be realized. item method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product including instructions.
  • the computer program product includes computer program codes.
  • the computer program codes are run on a computer, any one of the first to tenth aspects can be realized. item method.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a 5G communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is the schematic diagram of repeated transmission of Type A provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is the schematic diagram of repeated transmission of Type B provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a time-domain resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of the period P provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of the enhanced Type A repeated transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is another schematic diagram of the enhanced Type A repeated transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for determining available time slots provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of scenarios of a first available time slot and a second available time slot provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one of refers to one of the listed items and any number of combinations thereof, for example, "at least one of A, B, and C " or "at least one of A, B or C” may mean the following: A alone; B alone; C alone; both A and B; both A and C; both B and C; There are A, B and C. Words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the number and order of execution, and words such as “first” and “second” do not necessarily limit the difference.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to mean an example, illustration or description. Any embodiment or design described herein as “exemplary” or “for example” is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service, GPRS
  • long term evolution long term evolution, LTE
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex, FDD
  • LTE Time Division Duplex TDD
  • Universal Mobile Telecommunications System UMTS
  • Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access WiMAX
  • Fifth Generation (5G) System or new radio (new radio, NR) and future communication systems, etc. are not limited here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a 5G communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • an access network device and terminal devices 1 to 6 form a communication system.
  • terminal devices 1 to 6 can send uplink information to access network devices, and access network devices can also send downlink information to terminal devices 1 to 6 .
  • terminal equipment 4 to terminal equipment 6 may also form a communication system.
  • the access network device can send downlink information to terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 5, etc.; terminal device 5 can also send downlink information to terminal device 4, terminal device 6.
  • the terminal device 4 and the terminal device 6 may also send uplink information to the access network device through the terminal device 5 .
  • the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE).
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can communicate with one or more core network (core network, CN) networks through the access network device in the access network (access network, AN). element to communicate.
  • a terminal device may also be called an access terminal, terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless network equipment, user agent, or user device, among others.
  • Terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as on aircraft, balloons, and satellites, etc.).
  • An end device can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a smart phone, a cell phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA) , which can be handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, drone devices or terminals in the Internet of Things, Internet of Vehicles, 5G mobile communication networks, and future networks
  • a terminal in any form, a relay user equipment, or a terminal in a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), where the relay user equipment may be, for example, a 5G residential gateway (RG ).
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the terminal device can be a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a smart grid ( smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation security, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • a wireless terminal in industrial control a wireless terminal in unmanned driving
  • a wireless terminal in telemedicine a smart grid ( smart grid)
  • smart grid smart grid
  • wireless terminals in transportation security wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • An access network device is a node or device that connects a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • the access network device includes but is not limited to: a new generation base station (generation node B, gNB) and an evolved node B ( evolved node B, eNB), next generation evolved node B (next generation eNB, ng-eNB), wireless backhaul equipment, radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station Controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station ((home evolved nodeB, HeNB) or (home node B, HNB)), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), Transmission receiving point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc., are not limited here.
  • the access network equipment can also be a base station in the 6G communication system, or an open base station (Open RAN) or a cloud base station (Cloud RAN).
  • Open RAN the access network equipment involved in the present invention or access The interface in the network equipment may become the internal interface of Open RAN, and the flow and information interaction between these internal interfaces can be realized by software or programs, so the technical solution of the present invention is also applicable to the Open RAN architecture, as long as the realization of the idea is consistent with this
  • the schemes of the inventions are the same or similar, that is, fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
  • the access network device may be a base station, and the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is schematically described.
  • Symbols can also be called time-domain symbols, including but not limited to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, sparse code division multiple access (sparse code multiplexing access, SCMA) symbols, filtered orthogonal frequency Division multiplexing (filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, F-OFDM) symbols, non-orthogonal multiple access (non-orthogonal multiple access, NOMA) symbols can be determined according to actual conditions, and will not be described here.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • SCMA sparse code division multiplexing access
  • filtered orthogonal frequency Division multiplexing filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • NOMA non-orthogonal multiple access
  • 1 slot occupies consecutive 6 or 7 OFDM symbols in the time domain, etc.
  • 1 slot occupies 14 consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain (regular cyclic prefix) or 12 consecutive OFDM symbols (extended cyclic prefix), etc.
  • the high-level signaling generally refers to the signaling sent by the high-level protocol layer, and the high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer above the physical layer.
  • the high-level protocol layer may specifically include at least one of the following protocol layers: medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence) protocol, PDCP) layer, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer and non-access stratum (non access stratum, NAS).
  • medium access control medium access control
  • RLC radio link control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RRC radio resource control
  • non-access stratum non access stratum
  • the NR protocol supports a maximum of 16 repeated transmissions of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and a maximum of 8 repeated transmissions of the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). Specifically, the current NR protocol supports repeated transmission of Type A for PUCCH, and supports repeated transmission of Type A and Type B for PUSCH.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • Repeated transmission of Type A refers to: K repetitions need to occupy consecutive K time slots, perform 1 repeated transmission on each time slot, and satisfy the time occupied by repeated transmissions on each time slot
  • the field start symbol S and the symbol number L are identical.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of repeated sending of Type A provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • each repeated transmission occupies the first time domain symbol in a slot (that is, symbol index 0 corresponding symbol) to the 10th time-domain symbol (that is, the symbol corresponding to symbol index 9), then it is necessary to satisfy the repeated transmission of each time slot in the first time-domain symbol to the 10th time-domain symbol of each time slot on the symbol.
  • the repeated transmission of Type B refers to: according to the initial time-domain symbol position S of the first repeated transmission, according to the number L of time-domain symbols that need to be occupied for each repetition, it is performed on multiple consecutive time-domain symbols Repeated transmission, that is, starting from the Sth time domain symbol of the current time slot, the subsequent K*L time domain symbols (may be extended to other time slots) are used for K times of repeated transmission.
  • the actual number of repetitions sent may be more than K times, because if one of the resources crosses the boundary of the time slot, it is divided into two resources.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of repeated transmission of Type B provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3:
  • Case3 When one transmission is configured and a single transmission occupies 14 time-domain symbols across time slot boundaries, 2 repeated transmissions will be performed on consecutive 14 time-domain symbols.
  • the time-domain resource of each repetition does not meet the transmission requirements (for example, downlink symbols are encountered in the consecutive L time-domain symbols starting from the S-th time-domain symbol, Or when encountering high-priority data to be transmitted on symbols), the current transmission is canceled, so that the actual number of repeated transmissions will be less than the expected number of repeated transmissions configured by the access network device.
  • the access network device may send a PDCCH to the terminal device, where the PDCCH is used to schedule uplink data PUSCH transmission, that is, the PDCCH may be used to indicate time domain resources for PUSCH transmission.
  • the steps of indicating time-domain resources based on grant (Grant based, GB) scheduling are as follows:
  • Step 1 The terminal device determines a time-domain resource table.
  • the time-domain resource table may be a table predefined by the protocol or one of the tables configured by the access network device for the terminal device through high-layer signaling. Each row in the time domain resource table indicates a start symbol S and the number L of symbols.
  • Step 2 The terminal device receives the PDCCH from the access network device, the PDCCH carries downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI), and the DCI contains X bits, which are used to indicate a row in the time domain resource table, and then The start symbol S and the number of symbols L of the time-domain resource can be determined.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the configuration authorization scheduling includes two types, which are authorization scheduling type 1 and authorization scheduling type 2 respectively.
  • the scheduling method of authorized scheduling type 2 is similar to that of GB scheduling, and will not be repeated here.
  • authorized scheduling type 1 the position of time domain resources occupied by data transmission is configured through high-level signaling instead of sending PDCCH configuration.
  • Step 1 The terminal device determines a time-domain resource table, and the time-domain resource table may be a table predefined by the protocol or one of tables configured by a high layer. Each row in the time domain resource table indicates a start symbol S and the number L of symbols.
  • Step 2 The terminal device receives high-level signaling from the access network device, the high-level signaling indicates a certain row in the time domain resource table, and then determines the start symbol S and the number of symbols L of the time domain resource.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a time-domain resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the configuration of grant scheduling can also configure the time domain offset value and period P (also called transmission period or PUSCH transmission period) through high-level signaling. ).
  • the time domain offset value is used to determine from which time slot data can be sent, that is, the starting time slot.
  • Period P can be understood as determining the start symbol S of the time-domain resource, the number of symbols L, the start time slot, and the number of time slots. This resource appears periodically and can be used for data transmission.
  • FIG. 5 which is a schematic diagram of a period P provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, assuming that 4 time slots are determined for data transmission based on the repeated transmission method of Type A, there will be 4 time slots for data transmission in each period P (as shown in Figure 5 slot1 ⁇ slot4, slot7 ⁇ slot10).
  • the hybrid automatic retransmission request process number (HPN) used by the data transmitted in the same cycle is the same, and the HPN between different cycles can be different, that is, the HPN is different from the current data
  • the cycle is related, and the HPN is related to which pipeline is used to process the data, and the problem of merging with the unsuccessful data that used the same HPN before.
  • each row in the time domain resource table mentioned above may contain a repetition number K, and when a certain row in the time domain resource table is indicated through the PDCCH or high-layer signaling, the repetition number K may be determined at the same time.
  • the above-mentioned repeated transmission of type A can be enhanced (for the convenience of description, it can also be described as the enhanced repeated transmission of type A), that is, the canceled transmission is not counted in the repeated transmission Within the number of times, continue to look backward for resources that can be used for transmission until the requirement for the number of repetitions is met.
  • the repeated transmission method of the enhanced type A is: instead of counting the number of repetitions based on consecutive time slots, the number of repetitions is counted based on the time slots that can actually be used for uplink data transmission.
  • a time slot that can actually be used for uplink data transmission may be described as an available time slot (available slot).
  • K available time slots can be found in sequence from front to back in the time domain.
  • the available time slot is defined by excluding the unavailable slot (unavailable slot), wherein the unavailable slot can be defined as: starting from the start symbol S in these time slots, the consecutive L symbols contain symbol.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the enhanced Type A repeated transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 4 time slots are determined for data transmission (slot1 ⁇ slot4 shown in Figure 6), but 3 of them are unusable time slots (slot2 ⁇ slots shown in the shadow of Figure 6). slot4). Therefore, these three time slots are not counted, and the next time slot is found until four available time slots (slot1, slot5-slot7 as shown in Figure 6) are determined to transmit data, so as to ensure the coverage of uplink data .
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic diagram of the enhanced Type A repeated transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first 4 time slots of each cycle are used to transmit data based on the Type A repeated transmission method, where, due to the different unavailable time slots in each cycle, for example, in the first row of Figure 7,
  • the third time slot in the first cycle is an unavailable time slot
  • the first three time slots in the second cycle are all unavailable time slots, resulting in the data that can be used for data determined based on the enhanced Type A repeated transmission method.
  • the time slots for transmission are shown in the second row.
  • the resources repeated in the fourth cycle in the second cycle will be extended to the third cycle, which is different from the resources used in the first cycle in the third cycle. Resources for data transmission conflict, therefore, it will affect the normal communication between the access network device and the terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method, which can improve communication reliability.
  • the communication method and communication device provided by this application are introduced in detail below:
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the communication method includes the following steps S801-S802.
  • the method execution body shown in FIG. 8 may be a terminal device, or the method execution body shown in FIG. 8 may also be a chip in the terminal device. This is not limited. For convenience of description, a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
  • the terminal device may implement communication enhancement by means of repeated transmission. Specifically, the terminal device may determine a parameter M of repetition times of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. Wherein, the determination of the repetition number parameter M of the PUSCH by the terminal device can be understood as: the terminal device receives indication information from the access network device, and the indication information includes the repetition number parameter M, that is, the indication information indicates the repetition number parameter M.
  • the PUSCH involved in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a PUSCH scheduled based on a configuration grant scheduling type.
  • the indication information may also include one or more of information such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value, that is, the indication information may also be used to indicate the start symbol S, the symbol
  • the terminal device can determine one or more of the information configured to send the first PUSCH, such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value. indivual.
  • K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH are determined, the K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission period, and K is less than M. That is to say, the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission period are unavailable time slots.
  • an unavailable time slot may be understood as a time slot that is not used for sending the first PUSCH, but can be used for sending other data/information (that is, other data/information except the first PUSCH).
  • other data/information may be synchronization data block, downlink data, PDCCH, other PUSCH, PUCCH, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the time-domain resource determined by the start symbol S and the number of symbols L in each time slot is the first time-domain resource.
  • the first time-domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols (or positions described as symbols):
  • the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling such as the downlink symbols indicated by the tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated parameters, are not limited here.
  • the symbols used for synchronous data block transmission are not limited here.
  • the symbol used for downlink measurement such as the symbol indicated by the SSB based measurement by SMTC parameter, is not limited here.
  • the symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used to transmit type 0, such as the symbols indicated by the CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set parameter, are not limited here.
  • the symbols used for uplink and downlink switching are not limited here.
  • Symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with a higher priority than PUSCH are not limited here.
  • Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the PUCCH with larger priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS parameter, are not limited here.
  • the symbol used to repeatedly send the PUCCH is not limited here.
  • the specific indication manner may be to indicate whether each symbol in one or two time slots is an illegal symbol by means of a symbol-level bitmap (bitmap).
  • bitmap a symbol-level bitmap
  • a bit value of 1 in the symbol-level bitmap indicates that the corresponding symbol is an illegal symbol
  • a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding symbol is a legal symbol
  • a bit value of 1 in the symbol-level bitmap indicates that the corresponding The symbol is a legal symbol
  • a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding symbol is an illegal symbol, and there is no limitation here.
  • a symbol-level bitmap with a length of 14 bits as an example for schematic illustration, that is, take a symbol-level bitmap to indicate whether each symbol in a time slot is an illegal symbol for example.
  • the symbol-level bitmap is 10000100000000, where 1 indicates that the corresponding symbol is an illegal symbol, and 0 indicates that the corresponding symbol is a legal symbol
  • the symbol-level bitmap it can be determined that The first symbol (that is, the symbol with symbol index 0) and the sixth symbol (that is, the symbol with symbol index 5) of are illegal symbols.
  • the access network device may also send a parameter (such as a time slot-level bitmap) to the terminal device to indicate which time slots in a cycle can determine illegal symbols based on the above symbol-level bitmap, and which Slots are not based on the above symbol-level bitmap to determine illegal symbols.
  • a parameter such as a time slot-level bitmap
  • a bit value of 1 in the slot-level bitmap indicates that the corresponding time slot can determine an illegal symbol based on the above-mentioned symbol-level bitmap
  • a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding time slot is not based on the above-mentioned symbol-level bits Figure to determine the illegal symbol
  • the bit value of the slot-level bitmap is 1, indicating that the corresponding slot can determine the illegal symbol based on the bitmap of the above symbol level, and the bit value is 0, indicating that the corresponding slot is not based on
  • the above-mentioned symbol-level bitmap determines illegal symbols, and there is no limitation here.
  • the bitmap of the time slot level is 10000, therefore, it can be determined that the first time slot in the period can be based on the above symbol level
  • the bitmap of determines whether each symbol in the slot is an illegal symbol.
  • the slot-level bitmap is not configured, it can be agreed by default that odd-numbered slots in a cycle can determine illegal symbols based on the above-mentioned symbol-level bitmap, and even-numbered slots cannot Illegal symbols are determined based on the above symbol-level bitmap, or, by default, the even-numbered time slots in a cycle can be determined based on the above-mentioned symbol-level bitmap, and the odd-numbered time slots cannot be based on the above-mentioned Symbol-level bitmaps identify illegal symbols.
  • a symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario for example, the symbol indicated by the ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 or ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon parameter).
  • the descending symbol indicated by the parameter is not limited here.
  • symbols configured to receive PDCCH, PDSCH or channel state information-reference signals (channel state information-reference signals, CSI-RS) through high layer signaling are not limited here.
  • the terminal device can start from the first time slot in the first PUSCH transmission cycle and sequentially determine the first time domain resources included in each time slot (that is, determined by the start symbol S and the symbol length L) along the time sequence. Whether there are one or more symbols in the time domain resource) overlap with the above at least one kind of symbol (or position described as a symbol), wherein, if the first time domain resource of any time slot in the first PUSCH transmission period overlaps with the above If at least one symbol overlaps, it is determined that the time slot is an unavailable time slot, and if there is no overlap between the first time domain resource of a certain time slot in the first PUSCH transmission cycle and each of the above symbols, it is determined that the time slot is an available time slot Gap.
  • the K available time slots may be determined as used for sending the first PUSCH available time slots. That is to say, the time slots other than the first PUSCH transmission period are all available time slots that cannot be used to send the first PUSCH. Therefore, the K available time slots determined based on the method of the embodiment of the present application may be less than Based on the repetition times parameter M indicated by the access network device.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for determining an available time slot provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first 4 time slots in each cycle are used to transmit data (as shown in the first row in Figure 9, the first 4 time slots in each cycle can be used to transmit data), wherein, due to the unavailable time in each cycle
  • the third time slot in the first cycle is an unavailable time slot, therefore, it can be determined in turn that the first two time slots are available time slots in the first cycle, and the third time slot is an available time slot.
  • the time slot is an unavailable time slot, continue to look backward until you find 4 available time slots, as shown in the second row in Figure 9, among the 4 available time slots included in the first cycle, the first available time slot There are 5 time slots up to the last available time slot, of which the second time slot is an unavailable time slot. Since the first 3 time slots in the second cycle are unavailable time slots, 3 available time slots can be determined sequentially from the 4th time slot in the second cycle, and when 3 available time slots are found , since the next time slot will exceed the period boundary, only 3 available time slots can be determined.
  • the terminal device sends the first PUSCH in the determined K available time slots.
  • the terminal device sending the first PUSCH in the K available time slots may be understood as: the terminal device sends the first PUSCH on symbols corresponding to the start symbol S and the number of symbols L in the determined K available time slots, That is, the terminal device sends the first PUSCH on the first time domain resource included in each of the K available time slots.
  • the access network device can also determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and determine K available time slots for receiving the first PUSCH, and the K available time slots are In the first PUSCH transmission period, K is smaller than M, and the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission period are unusable time slots. Furthermore, the access network device may receive the first PUSCH in the determined K available time slots.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the communication method includes the following steps S1001-S1002.
  • the method execution body shown in FIG. 10 may be a terminal device, or the method execution body shown in FIG. This is not limited. For convenience of description, a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
  • the terminal device may implement communication enhancement by means of repeated transmission. Specifically, the terminal device may determine a parameter M of repetition times of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. Wherein, the determination of the repetition number parameter M of the PUSCH by the terminal device can be understood as: the terminal device receives indication information from the access network device, and the indication information includes the repetition number parameter M, that is, the indication information indicates the repetition number parameter M.
  • the PUSCH involved in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a PUSCH scheduled based on a configuration grant scheduling type.
  • the indication information may also include one or more of information such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value, that is, the indication information may also be used to indicate the start symbol S, the symbol
  • the terminal device may determine one or more of the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value configured for sending the first PUSCH. indivual.
  • M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission period are determined.
  • D available time slots overlap
  • the third PUSCH transmission period is a transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period.
  • the M first available time slots may be used to send K repetitions of the first PUSCH
  • the M second available time slots may be used to send K repetitions of the second PUSCH. That is, the M first available time slots correspond to the first HPN, and the M second available time slots correspond to the second HPN.
  • FIG. 11 FIG.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic diagram of scenarios of a first available time slot and a second available time slot provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first 4 time slots of each cycle are used to transmit data (as shown in the first row in Figure 9, the first 4 time slots in each cycle can be used to transmit data), wherein each The unavailable time slots in the cycle are different.
  • the first three time slots in the first cycle are all unavailable time slots, and there are no unavailable time slots in the second cycle.
  • 4 time slots are sequentially determined as the first available time slots, and starting from the 1st time slot in the second period, the first 4 time slots are sequentially determined as the second available time slots .
  • the time-domain resource determined by the start symbol S and the number of symbols L in each time slot is the first time-domain resource.
  • the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable time slots
  • the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable time slots.
  • the first time-domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols (or positions described as symbols):
  • the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling such as the downlink symbols indicated by the tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated parameters, are not limited here.
  • the symbols used for synchronous data block transmission are not limited here.
  • the symbol used for downlink measurement such as the symbol indicated by the SSB based measurement by SMTC parameter, is not limited here.
  • the symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used to transmit type 0, such as the symbols indicated by the CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set parameter, are not limited here.
  • the symbols used for uplink and downlink switching are not limited here.
  • Symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with a higher priority than PUSCH are not limited here.
  • Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the PUCCH with larger priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS parameter, are not limited here.
  • the symbol used to repeatedly send the PUCCH is not limited here.
  • Symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission are not limited here.
  • a symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario for example, the symbol indicated by the ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 or ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon parameter).
  • the descending symbol indicated by the parameter is not limited here.
  • a symbol configured to receive the PDCCH, PDSCH or CSI-RS is configured through high-layer signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device can start from the first time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle and follow the time sequence to sequentially determine the first time domain resources included in each time slot (that is, start symbol S Whether there is one or more symbols in the first time-domain resource determined by the symbol length L) overlapping with the above-mentioned at least one symbol (or position described as a symbol), wherein, if the first time slot of any time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle If the time domain resource overlaps with at least one of the above-mentioned symbols, it is determined that the time slot is an unavailable time slot, and if the first time domain resource of a certain time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle does not overlap with each of the above symbols, then the time slot is determined is the available time slot.
  • the second condition when the second condition is met, the second PUSCH is sent in the D available time slots, and when the second condition is not met, the third PUSCH is sent in the D available time slots. That is to say, this embodiment of the present application may stipulate that when a conflict occurs, data is selectively sent.
  • the second condition may be: if the first available time slot in the M first available time slots is before the first available time slot in the M second available time slots, then send the For the second PUSCH, correspondingly, if the first available time slot in the M first available time slots is after the first available time slot in the M second available time slots, the third available time slot is sent in the D available time slots. PUSCH.
  • the data corresponding to the first cycle can be sent in the overlapping part of the first available time slot and the second available time slot.
  • the second condition may also be: if D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, then send the second PUSCH in D available time slots; correspondingly, if D is greater than Q, then when D available time slots The third PUSCH is sent in the slot.
  • the first preset threshold Q may be indicated through high-level signaling, or may also be predefined by a protocol, which is specifically determined according to an actual application scenario and is not limited here.
  • the second PUSCH is sent in V time slots among the D available time slots
  • the third PUSCH is sent in time slots other than the V time slots among the D available time slots
  • V is less than D.
  • V may be D/2, that is, the second PUSCH may be sent on D/2 time slots among the D available time slots, and the third PUSCH may be sent on the remaining D/2 time slots.
  • D/2 when D/2 is indivisible, it can be rounded up or rounded down.
  • the value of V may also be other values indicated by high-layer signaling, or may also be a predefined value in the protocol, which is determined according to actual application scenarios, and is not limited here.
  • the access network device can also determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and determine the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the period. Among the M first available time slots and the M second available time slots, D available time slots overlap; the third PUSCH transmission period is a transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period.
  • the access network device receives the second PUSCH in D available time slots, and when the second condition is not satisfied, receives the third PUSCH in D available time slots.
  • the access network device receives the second PUSCH in V time slots among the D available time slots, and receives the third PUSCH in time slots other than the V time slots among the D available time slots, V less than D.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method includes the following steps S1201-S1202.
  • the method execution body shown in FIG. 12 may be a terminal device, or the method execution body shown in FIG. This is not limited.
  • a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
  • S1202. Determine M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission period.
  • steps S1201 to S1202 reference may be made to the description of steps S1001 to S1002 in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may send the second PUSCH in the overlapping D time slots or send the third PUSCH in the overlapping D time slots.
  • the terminal device may randomly choose to send the second PUSCH or send the third PUSCH in the overlapped D time slots.
  • the terminal device can also determine whether to send the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH in the overlapping D time slots according to the priority relationship/importance of the second PUSCH and the third PUSCH. Send data with higher priority or higher importance in the D time slots.
  • the terminal device sending the third PUSCH or the fourth PUSCH in the M available time slots can be understood as: the terminal device sends on the symbols corresponding to the start symbol S and the symbol number L in the determined M available time slots
  • the third PUSCH or the fourth PUSCH that is, the terminal device sends the third PUSCH or the fourth PUSCH on the first time domain resource included in each of the M available time slots.
  • Send first indication information where the first indication information is used to indicate to send the second PUSCH in D time slots or to send the third PUSCH in D time slots.
  • the terminal device may send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to send the second PUSCH in D time slots or to send the third PUSCH in D time slots. That is to say, when the terminal device determines to send any one of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH in the overlapping D time slots, the terminal device may send an indication message to the access network device (for convenience of description, the following may be referred to as The indication information is described as first indication information), and the first indication information is used to indicate the PUSCH selected and sent by the terminal device.
  • the first indication information includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request process number (hybrid automatic retransmission request process number, HPN), a new data indication (new date indication, NDI), and a redundancy version (redundancy version, RV) at least one of the other information.
  • the first indication information may be punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
  • the access network device can also determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and determine the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the period. Among the M first available time slots and the M second available time slots, D available time slots overlap; the third PUSCH transmission period is a transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period. Further, the access network device may receive the PUSCH and the first indication information from the terminal device, so as to determine which PUSCH the terminal device specifically selects to send in the overlapping time slot according to the first indication information, and then the access network device may, according to The first indication information correctly receives the corresponding PUSCH.
  • the terminal device can choose to send the first PUSCH or the second PSUCH on the conflicting resource, and notify the access network device of the PUSCH it chooses to send through the indication information. Therefore, it can Ensure normal communication between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method includes the following steps S1301-S1302.
  • the method execution body shown in Figure 13 can be a terminal device, or the method execution body shown in Figure 13 can also be a chip in the terminal device, etc. This is not limited.
  • a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
  • the terminal device may implement communication enhancement by means of repeated transmission. Specifically, the terminal device may determine a parameter M of repetition times of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. Wherein, the determination of the repetition number parameter M of the PUSCH by the terminal device can be understood as: the terminal device receives indication information from the access network device, and the indication information includes the repetition number parameter M, that is, the indication information indicates the repetition number parameter M.
  • the PUSCH involved in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a PUSCH scheduled based on a configuration grant scheduling type.
  • the indication information may also include one or more of information such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P (that is, the length P of the PUSCH transmission period), and the time domain offset value, that is, the indication information also includes It can be used to indicate one or more of information such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time-domain offset value, and there is no limitation here. Therefore, based on the indication information received from the access network device, the terminal device can determine one or more of the information configured to send the first PUSCH, such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value. indivual.
  • the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle involved in the embodiment of the present application is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following cycles: the cycle corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the symbol corresponding to the synchronous data block transmission
  • S1302. Determine M available time slots for sending the fourth PUSCH, where the M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period.
  • the terminal device may determine M available time slots for sending the fourth PUSCH, and the M available time slots are within the same PUSCH transmission period. That is to say, the terminal device can determine M available time slots from the same PUSCH transmission period (for example, the fourth PUSCH transmission period).
  • the time-domain resource determined by the start symbol S and the number of symbols L in each time slot is the first time-domain resource.
  • the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable time slots.
  • the first time-domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols (or positions described as symbols):
  • the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling such as the downlink symbols indicated by the tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated parameters, are not limited here.
  • the symbols used for synchronous data block transmission are not limited here.
  • the symbol used for downlink measurement such as the symbol indicated by the SSB based measurement by SMTC parameter, is not limited here.
  • the symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used to transmit type 0, such as the symbols indicated by the CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set parameter, are not limited here.
  • the symbols used for uplink and downlink switching are not limited here.
  • Symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with a higher priority than PUSCH are not limited here.
  • Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the PUCCH with larger priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS parameter, are not limited here.
  • the symbol used to repeatedly send the PUCCH is not limited here.
  • Symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission are not limited here.
  • a symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario for example, the symbol indicated by the ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 or ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon parameter).
  • the descending symbol indicated by the parameter is not limited here.
  • a symbol configured to receive the PDCCH, PDSCH or CSI-RS is configured through high-layer signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device can start from the first time slot in a certain PUSCH transmission cycle, and sequentially determine the first time domain resources included in each time slot along the time sequence (that is, determined by the start symbol S and the symbol length L Whether there is one or more symbols in the time domain resource) overlapping with the above at least one symbol (or position described as a symbol), wherein, if the first time domain resource of any time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle overlaps with the above at least one If the symbols overlap, the time slot is determined to be an unavailable time slot, and if the first time domain resource of a certain time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle does not overlap with each of the above symbols, then the time slot is determined to be an available time slot.
  • the length P of the PUSCH transmission period in the embodiment of the present application matches the period of all those symbols that will affect the determination of available time slots (that is, the PUSCH transmission period is an integer multiple of at least one period listed above), therefore , the symbols in each PUSCH transmission cycle can be made the same (that is, the position and number of unavailable time slots in each PUSCH transmission cycle can be guaranteed to be the same), so that the access network device can select the appropriate number of repetitions M value, it can be guaranteed that there will be no cross-period boundary when determining the available time slot.
  • the terminal device may send the fourth PUSCH in the determined M available time slots.
  • the terminal device sending the fourth PUSCH in the M available time slots may be understood as: the terminal device sends the fourth PUSCH on symbols corresponding to the start symbol S and the symbol number L in the determined M available time slots, That is, the terminal device sends the fourth PUSCH on the first time domain resource included in each of the M available time slots.
  • the access network device may determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle, and determine M available time slots for receiving the fourth PUSCH, The M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period, and then, the access network device receives the fourth PUSCH in the determined M available time slots.
  • the length P of the PUSCH transmission period is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period used for downlink measurement The period corresponding to the symbol, the period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, and the period used for transmission priority higher than PUSCH Periods corresponding to symbols of other PUSCHs, periods corresponding to symbols of other PUCCHs with a higher priority than PUSCH, periods corresponding to symbols used to repeatedly receive PUCCHs, symbols not available for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration The corresponding period, the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the synchronization data block in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the reference
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method includes the following steps S1401-S1402.
  • the subject of execution of the method shown in FIG. 14 may be a terminal device, or the subject of execution of the method shown in FIG. This is not limited.
  • a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
  • step S1401 for a specific implementation manner of step S1401, reference may be made to the description of step S1001 in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may determine M available time slots, wherein, among the M available time slots, in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot, the first A time slot with one condition is an unavailable time slot, and the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, Symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, and symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than PUSCH Symbols, symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols not used for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration, used to receive synchronization data in other cells in carrier aggregation scenarios The symbol of the block, the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the
  • the terminal device can start from the first time slot in a certain PUSCH transmission cycle, and sequentially determine the first time domain resources included in each time slot along the time sequence (that is, determined by the start symbol S and the symbol length L Whether there is one or more symbols in the time domain resource) overlapping with the above at least one symbol (or position described as a symbol), wherein, if the first time domain resource of any time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle overlaps with the above at least one If the symbols overlap, the time slot is determined to be an unavailable time slot, and if the first time domain resource of a certain time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle does not overlap with each of the above symbols, then the time slot is determined to be an available time slot.
  • M available time slots can be determined from at least one PUSCH transmission period.
  • the PUSCH will not be received in the M time slots, that is, it can be stipulated in the protocol that the terminal device does not expect to be determined by the indication information.
  • the time domain length of the K available time slots is greater than the cycle length determined by the cycle P, and does not specify which algorithm the access network device uses to determine the number of repeated transmissions M to achieve this purpose, giving the access network device a certain operating space.
  • the PUSCH is not sent in the M time slots, so as to avoid the occurrence of collision problems.
  • the terminal device does not expect the determined time domain length of the K available time slots to be greater than the length of the period P.
  • the communication device provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 15 to 16 .
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 15 may be used to execute some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiments described in FIGS. 8 to 14 above.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 15 may include a transceiver unit 1501 and a processing unit 1502 .
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to perform data processing.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 is integrated with a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit 1501 may also be called a communication unit. Alternatively, the transceiver unit 1501 may also be split into a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the processing unit 1502 below is the same as the transceiver unit 1501 , and will not be described in detail below. in:
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH, and the above K available time slots The time slot is in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the above K is less than the above M, and the time slots outside the above first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the transceiver unit 1501 is used to transmit the above K A PUSCH.
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the M first available time slots and the third available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above third PUSCH transmission cycle is the above second PUSCH The transmission period after the transmission period; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to send the second PUSCH in the above D available time slots when the second condition is met, and send the second PUSCH in the above D available time slots when the above second condition is not satisfied.
  • the above-mentioned third PUSCH is sent in other time slots of , and the above-mentioned V is smaller than the above-mentioned D.
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the M first available time slots and the third available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above third PUSCH transmission cycle is the above second PUSCH A transmission period after the transmission period; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to send the second PUSCH in the D time slots or send the third PUSCH in the D time slots; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to send the second PUSCH in the D time slots or to send the third PUSCH in the D time slots.
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission period; the above-mentioned processing unit 1502 is configured to determine M available Time slots, the above-mentioned M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission cycle; the transceiver unit 1501 is used to send the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length P of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission cycle is the following one or more cycles Integer multiples of the length: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the physical downlink control channel type used for transmission type 0 0-The period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of PDCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, the period corresponding to the symbol used for
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine M available time slots, if the above M available time slots are not transmitted in the same PUSCH period, the PUSCH is not sent in the above M time slots.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 15 may be used to execute part or all of the functions of the access network device in the method embodiments described in FIGS. 8 to 14 above.
  • the device may be an access network device, or a device in the access network device, or a device that can be matched and used with the access network device.
  • the communication device may also be a system on a chip.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 15 may include a transceiver unit 1501 and a processing unit 1502 . in:
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine K available time slots for receiving the first PUSCH, the K available The time slot is in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the above-mentioned K is less than the above-mentioned M, and the time slots outside the above-mentioned first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the transceiver unit 1501 is used to receive the above-mentioned first K A PUSCH.
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the M first available time slots and the third available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above third PUSCH transmission cycle is the above second PUSCH A transmission period after the transmission period; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to receive the second PUSCH in the above D available time slots when the second condition is met, and receive the second PUSCH in the above D available time slots when the above second condition is not met Receiving the third PUSCH; or the transceiver unit 1501, configured to receive the second PUSCH in the V time slots of the D available time slots, and except the above V time slots in the above D available time slots The above-mentioned third PUSCH is received in other time slots of , and the above-mentioned
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the M first available time slots and the third available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above third PUSCH transmission cycle is the above second PUSCH A transmission period after the transmission period; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to receive the second PUSCH in the D time slots or receive the third PUSCH in the D time slots; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to receive the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second PUSCH is received in the D time slots or the third PUSCH is received in the D time slots.
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission period; the above-mentioned processing unit 1502 is configured to determine M available channels for receiving the fourth PUSCH Time slots, the above-mentioned M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission cycle; the transceiver unit 1501 is used to receive the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length P of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission cycle is the following one or more cycles Integer multiples of the length: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the physical downlink control channel type used for transmission type 0 0-The period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of PDCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, the
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine M available time slots, if the above M available time slots are not transmitted in the same PUSCH period, the PUSCH is not received in the above M time slots.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application is used to realize the functions of the terminal device in FIGS. 8 to 14 above.
  • the device may be a terminal device or a device for a terminal device.
  • the apparatus for a terminal device may be a chip system or a chip in the terminal device. Wherein, the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 160 is configured to implement the functions of the access network device in FIGS. 8 to 14 above.
  • the apparatus may be an access network device or an apparatus for an access network device.
  • the apparatus for access network equipment may be a chip system or a chip in the access network equipment.
  • the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 160 includes at least one processor 1620, configured to implement the data processing function of the terminal device or the access network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Apparatus 160 may also include a communication interface 1610, configured to implement transceiving operations of a terminal device or an access network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium.
  • communication interface 1610 is used for devices in device 160 to communicate with other devices.
  • the processor 1620 uses the communication interface 1610 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the methods described above in FIG. 8 to FIG. 14 in the above method embodiment.
  • Apparatus 160 may also include at least one memory 1630 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 1630 is coupled to the processor 1620 .
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or a communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1620 may operate in cooperation with the memory 1630 .
  • Processor 1620 may execute program instructions stored in memory 1630 . At least one of the above at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the processor 1620 can read the software program in the memory 1630, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1620 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit (not shown in the figure), and the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and passes the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves Send out.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1620, and the processor 1620 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.
  • the above-mentioned radio frequency circuit and antenna can be set independently from the processor 1620 that performs baseband processing.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely from the communication device. .
  • a specific connection medium among the communication interface 1610, the processor 1620, and the memory 1630 is not limited.
  • the memory 1630, the processor 1620, and the communication interface 1610 are connected through the bus 1640.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 16, and the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited.
  • the above bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 16 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the apparatus 160 When the apparatus 160 is specifically an apparatus for terminal equipment or access network equipment, for example, when the apparatus 160 is specifically a chip or a chip system, what the communication interface 1610 outputs or receives may be a baseband signal. When the apparatus 160 is specifically a terminal device or an access network device, what the communication interface 1610 outputs or receives may be a radio frequency signal.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, and may implement or Execute the methods, operations and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The operations of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a processor, the method flow of the above-mentioned method embodiments in FIGS. 8 to 14 is realized.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product is run on a processor, the method flow in FIG. 8 to FIG. 14 in the above method embodiment is realized.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: determining a parameter of the number of repetitions M of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH); determining K available time slots for sending a first PUSCH, wherein the K available time slots fall within a first PUSCH transmission period; K is less than M; time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission period are unavailable time slots; and sending the first PUSCH in the K available time slots. By using embodiments of the present application, normal communication between an access network device and a terminal device can be ensured, and the reliability of communication is improved.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device
本申请要求于2021年07月27日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110853301.9,发明名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110853301.9 and the title of the invention "communication method and device" submitted to the China Patent Office on July 27, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
在新空口(new radio,NR)系统的上行发送(例如,物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH))中,受终端设备的天线数目、上行发送功率等因素的影响,在一些深覆盖场景,如小区边沿或地下室等场景,终端设备的上行发送性能往往无法满足要求。因此,为了改善上行传输性能,提出了可采用重复传输的方式实现通信增强。In the uplink transmission of the new radio (NR) system (for example, the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH)), affected by factors such as the number of antennas of the terminal equipment and the uplink transmission power, in some deep coverage Scenarios, such as cell edge or basement, etc., the uplink transmission performance of terminal equipment often cannot meet the requirements. Therefore, in order to improve the performance of uplink transmission, it is proposed that repeated transmission can be used to achieve communication enhancement.
目前,PUSCH的重复传输主要包括3种类型的重复传输:Type A的重复传输,Type B的重复传输,增强型的Type A重复传输。其中,当采用增强型的Type A重复传输方式进行PUSCH的重复传输时,为了满足重复传输的次数要求,可能会出现重复传输的可用时隙由于跨周期边界而导致时域资源冲突的情况,影响接入网设备与终端设备之间的正常通信。At present, the repeated transmission of PUSCH mainly includes three types of repeated transmission: Type A repeated transmission, Type B repeated transmission, and enhanced Type A repeated transmission. Among them, when the enhanced Type A repeated transmission method is used for repeated transmission of PUSCH, in order to meet the requirements for the number of repeated transmissions, it may occur that the available time slots for repeated transmissions may cause time-domain resource conflicts due to cross-period boundaries, affecting Normal communication between access network equipment and terminal equipment.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种通信方法及装置,可保证接入网设备与终端设备之间的正常通信,提高通信的可靠性。The present application provides a communication method and device, which can ensure normal communication between access network equipment and terminal equipment, and improve communication reliability.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;确定用于发送第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,上述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,上述K小于上述M,在上述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;在上述K个可用时隙中发送上述第一PUSCH。In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH, and the above K available time slots are in In the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the K is smaller than the M, and the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the first PUSCH is sent in the K available time slots.
在本申请中,在确定用于发送第一PUSCH的可用时隙时,通过增加不超过周期边界的限制(即协议规定超过周期边界的时隙为不可用时隙),可保证确定出的K个可用时隙都在同一个周期内,从而避免出现确定出的可用时隙延伸到下一个周期中,所导致的资源冲突的问题,提高了通信的可靠性。In this application, when determining the available time slots for sending the first PUSCH, by increasing the limit of not exceeding the cycle boundary (that is, the protocol stipulates that the time slots exceeding the cycle boundary are unavailable time slots), the determined K The available time slots are all in the same cycle, thereby avoiding the problem of resource conflict caused by extending the determined available time slots to the next cycle, and improving the reliability of communication.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还包括:确定被配置用于发送上述第一PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,上述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号 或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the first PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above start symbol S and the number of symbols The time domain resource determined by L is the first time domain resource; among the above K available time slots among the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, the time slots that meet the first condition It is an unavailable time slot, and the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement The symbols used to transmit the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH of type 0 occupy the control resource set, the symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, and the symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH. Symbols of other PUCCHs whose transmission priority is higher than the above-mentioned PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario Symbols, in the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;当满足第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,当不满足上述第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH;或者,在上述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH,以及在上述D个可用时隙中除上述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH,上述V小于上述D。In a second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which includes: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period Corresponding M second available time slots; D available time slots overlap among the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots; the above third PUSCH transmission period is after the above second PUSCH transmission period transmission period; when the second condition is met, the second PUSCH is sent in the above D available time slots, and when the above second condition is not met, the third PUSCH is sent in the above D available time slots; or, in the above The above-mentioned second PUSCH is sent in V time slots among the D available time slots, and the above-mentioned third PUSCH is sent in other time slots except the above-mentioned V time slots among the above-mentioned D available time slots, and the above-mentioned V is less than the above-mentioned d.
在本申请中,通过定义资源冲突的情况下,终端设备应该基于何种规则发送数据,相应地,接入网设备基于与终端设备相同的规则接收数据,因此,可保证通信的正常进行,提高通信的可靠性。In this application, by defining the rules based on which terminal devices should send data in the case of resource conflicts, correspondingly, access network devices receive data based on the same rules as terminal devices, thus ensuring normal communication and improving Communication reliability.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还包括:确定被配置用于发送上述第二PUSCH或上述第三PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述M个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;上述M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足上述第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;满足上述第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the above-mentioned second PUSCH or the above-mentioned third PUSCH, wherein each time slot is composed of the above-mentioned start symbol S The time-domain resource determined by the number of symbols L above is the first time-domain resource; among the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots, in the consecutive N1 time slots , the time slot that satisfies the first condition is an unavailable time slot; in the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, the above-mentioned first condition is satisfied The time slots are unavailable time slots; the first time domain resources included in the time slots satisfying the above first condition overlap with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, Symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols used for the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH Symbols, symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration, and used to receive synchronization in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario The symbol of the data block, the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario, the symbol used to receive the PDCCH, or the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第二条件包括:若上述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在上述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在上述D个可用时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH;或者,若上述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在上述D个可用时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned second condition includes: if the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then sending the second PUSCH in the D available time slots; or, if D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, sending the second PUSCH in the D available time slots.
在本申请中,若上述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在上述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在上述D个可用时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH,若上述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在上述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之后,则在上述D个可用时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH,或者,若上述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在上述D个可用时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH,若上述D大于第一预设阈值Q,则在上述D个可用时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH,因此,可在发生资源冲突时,只在发生冲突的资源中的发送其中一种数据,保证了通信的正常进行。In this application, if the first available time slot of the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot of the above-mentioned M second available time slots, the above-mentioned For the second PUSCH, if the first available time slot among the above M first available time slots is after the first available time slot among the above M second available time slots, then the above first available time slots are sent in the above D available time slots Three PUSCHs, or, if the above-mentioned D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the above-mentioned second PUSCH is sent in the above-mentioned D available time slots; if the above-mentioned D is greater than the first preset threshold Q, then the above-mentioned D available time slots are sent The above-mentioned third PUSCH is sent in the time slot. Therefore, when a resource conflict occurs, only one type of data is sent in the conflicted resource, ensuring normal communication.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;在上述D个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH;发送 第一指示信息,上述第一指示信息用于指示在上述D个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period Corresponding M second available time slots; D available time slots overlap among the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots; the above third PUSCH transmission period is after the above second PUSCH transmission period The transmission cycle; send the second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or send the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots; send the first indication information, and the above-mentioned first indication information is used to indicate that in the above-mentioned D time slots Sending the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or sending the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots.
在本申请中,定义了在资源冲突时,终端设备可选择在冲突的资源上发送第一PUSCH或者第二个PSUCH,并通过指示信息通知接入网设备自己所选择发送的PUSCH,因此,可保证终端设备与接入网设备间的正常通信。In this application, it is defined that when resources conflict, the terminal device can choose to send the first PUSCH or the second PSUCH on the conflicting resource, and notify the access network device of the PUSCH it chooses to send through the indication information. Therefore, it can Ensure normal communication between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第一指示信息包括以下信息中的至少一项:混合自动重传请求进程号HPN,新数据指示NDI,冗余版本RV。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned first indication information includes at least one of the following information: hybrid automatic repeat request process number HPN, new data indicator NDI, and redundancy version RV.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第一指示信息在上述第二PUSCH或上述第三PUSCH的资源上打孔传输。In a possible implementation, the first indication information is punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M和PUSCH传输周期的长度P;确定用于发送第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,上述M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期;在上述M个可用时隙中发送上述第四PUSCH;上述PUSCH传输周期的长度P为以下一个或者多个周期的长度的整数倍:半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期、用于同步数据块传输的符号对应的周期、用于下行测量的符号对应的周期、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号对应的周期、用于上下行切换的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号对应的周期、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号对应的周期、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期或用于接收PDCCH的符号对应的周期或者用于接收PDSCH的符号对应的周期。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle; determining M available time slots for sending the fourth PUSCH, The above-mentioned M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period; the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH is transmitted in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length P of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission period is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: semi-static signaling The period corresponding to the configured downlink symbol, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0 occupies The period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, the period corresponding to the symbol used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, and the period corresponding to the symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH The period corresponding to the symbol used to repeatedly send PUCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration, the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, In the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDCCH or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
在本申请中,通过定义PUSCH传输周期的长度,可保证每个PUSCH传输周期内包括的不可用时隙的位置以及数目都相同,从而使得接入网设备只要选择合适的重复次数M的值,就不会在可用时隙确定过程中出现跨周期边界的情况。In this application, by defining the length of the PUSCH transmission period, it can be ensured that the positions and numbers of unusable time slots included in each PUSCH transmission period are the same, so that the access network equipment only needs to select an appropriate value of the number of repetitions M. No crossing of cycle boundaries occurs during the determination of available slots.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;确定M个可用时隙,若上述M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期,则不在上述M个时隙中发送PUSCH。In the fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining M available time slots, if the above M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission cycle, then The PUSCH is not transmitted in the above M slots.
在本申请中,当确定出的M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期时,不在上述M个时隙中发送PUSCH,即可避免出现冲突问题。换句话说,可在协议中规定终端设备不期望确定出的K个可用时隙的时域长度大于周期P的长度。In the present application, when the determined M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission period, the PUSCH is not sent in the above M time slots, so as to avoid the occurrence of collision problems. In other words, it may be stipulated in the protocol that the terminal device does not expect the determined time domain length of the K available time slots to be greater than the length of the period P.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还包括:确定被配置用于发送PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述M个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,上述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number L of symbols configured for sending the PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the above start symbol S and the number L of symbols The time-domain resource of is the first time-domain resource; among the above-mentioned M available time slots among the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable The first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, Symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used for transmission priority Symbols of other PUCCHs with a higher level than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in carrier aggregation scenarios, and carriers In the aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;确定用于接收第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,上述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,上述K小于上述M,在上述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;在上述K个可用时隙中接收上述第一PUSCH。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining K available time slots for receiving the first PUSCH, and the above K available time slots are in In the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the K is smaller than the M, and the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the first PUSCH is received in the K available time slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还包括:确定用于接收上述第一PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,上述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复接收PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number of symbols L used to receive the first PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the above start symbol S and the number of symbols L The time-domain resource obtained is the first time-domain resource; in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above K available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable Using time slots, the first time domain resources included in the time slots satisfying the first condition overlap with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement , Symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, used for transmission Symbols of other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used for repeated reception of PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, symbols used for receiving synchronization data blocks in other cells in carrier aggregation scenarios, In the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;当满足第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中接收第二PUSCH,当不满足上述第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中接收第三PUSCH;或者,在上述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH,以及在上述D个可用时隙中除上述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH,上述V小于上述D。In the seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period Corresponding M second available time slots; D available time slots overlap among the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots; the above third PUSCH transmission period is after the above second PUSCH transmission period The transmission period; when the second condition is met, the second PUSCH is received in the above-mentioned D available time slots, and when the above-mentioned second condition is not met, the third PUSCH is received in the above-mentioned D available time slots; or, in the above-mentioned The above-mentioned second PUSCH is received in V time slots among the D available time slots, and the above-mentioned third PUSCH is received in other time slots except the above-mentioned V time slots among the above-mentioned D available time slots, and the above-mentioned V is less than the above-mentioned d.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还包括:确定用于接收上述第二PUSCH或上述第三PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述M个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;上述M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足上述第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;满足上述第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复接收PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving the above-mentioned second PUSCH or the above-mentioned third PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above-mentioned start symbol S and the above-mentioned The time-domain resource determined by the number of symbols L is the first time-domain resource; in the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots, satisfy The time slot of the first condition is an unavailable time slot; in the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, the time slot that meets the above-mentioned first condition The slot is an unavailable time slot; the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the above first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink Symbols for measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used to transmit type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with a higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly receive PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in carrier aggregation scenarios In the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第二条件包括:若上述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在上述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在上述D个可用时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH;或者,若上述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在上述D个可用时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned second condition includes: if the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then The second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots; or, if the D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH 的重复次数参数M;确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;在上述D个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH;接收第一指示信息,上述第一指示信息用于指示在上述D个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period Corresponding M second available time slots; D available time slots overlap among the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots; the above third PUSCH transmission period is after the above second PUSCH transmission period The transmission period; receive the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or receive the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots; receive the first indication information, and the above-mentioned first indication information is used to indicate that in the above-mentioned D time slots receiving the second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or receiving the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第一指示信息包括以下信息中的至少一项:混合自动重传请求进程号HPN,新数据指示NDI,冗余版本RV。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned first indication information includes at least one of the following information: hybrid automatic repeat request process number HPN, new data indicator NDI, and redundancy version RV.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第一指示信息在上述第二PUSCH或上述第三PUSCH的资源上打孔传输。In a possible implementation, the first indication information is punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M和PUSCH传输周期的长度P;确定用于接收第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,上述M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期;在上述M个可用时隙中接收上述第四PUSCH;上述PUSCH传输周期的长度P为以下一个或者多个周期的长度的整数倍:半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期、用于同步数据块传输的符号对应的周期、用于下行测量的符号对应的周期、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号对应的周期、用于上下行切换的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号对应的周期、用于重复接收PUCCH的符号对应的周期、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期或用于接收PDCCH的符号对应的周期或者用于接收PDSCH的符号对应的周期。In the ninth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method including: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle; determining M available time slots for receiving the fourth PUSCH, The above-mentioned M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period; the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH is received in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length P of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission period is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: semi-static signaling The period corresponding to the configured downlink symbol, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0 occupies The period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, the period corresponding to the symbol used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, and the period corresponding to the symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH The period corresponding to the symbol used to repeatedly receive PUCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration, the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, In the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDCCH or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;确定M个可用时隙,若上述M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期,则不在上述M个时隙中接收PUSCH。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising: determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; determining M available time slots, if the above M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission cycle, then PUSCH is not received in the aforementioned M slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还包括:确定用于接收PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述M个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,上述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above method further includes: determining the start symbol S and the number L of symbols used for receiving PUSCH, wherein, in each time slot, the time determined by the above start symbol S and the number L of symbols The domain resource is the first time domain resource; among the above M available time slots, among the X consecutive time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable time slots, The first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols used for Symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH of transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used for transmission with high priority Symbols of other PUCCHs on the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly transmit PUCCH, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in carrier aggregation scenarios, carrier aggregation scenarios The downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the downlink reference cell is a symbol used to receive a PDCCH or a symbol used to receive a PDSCH.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元,用于确定用于发送第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,上述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,上述K小于上述M,在上述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;收发单元,用于在上述K个可用时隙中发送上述第一PUSCH。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine K for sending the first PUSCH available time slots, the above K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the above K is less than the above M, and the time slots outside the above-mentioned first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the transceiver unit is used for the above K The above-mentioned first PUSCH is sent in available time slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述处理单元,还用于确定被配置用于发送上述第一PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,上述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the above-mentioned first PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above-mentioned start symbol S and the above-mentioned symbol The time-domain resource determined by the number L is the first time-domain resource; in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above K available time slots, the first condition is met The time slot is an unavailable time slot, and the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for Symbols for downlink measurement, symbols used for the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH , Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with a higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly transmit PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, and used to receive synchronization data in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario The symbol of the block, the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario or the symbol used to receive the PDCCH or the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;收发单元,用于当满足第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,当不满足上述第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH;或者,上述收发单元,用于在上述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH,以及在上述D个可用时隙中除上述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH,上述V小于上述D。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine the M corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period The first available time slots and the M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above-mentioned first The three PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the above-mentioned second PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to send the second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots when the second condition is met, and when the above-mentioned second condition is not met, Send the third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots; or, the above-mentioned transceiver unit is configured to send the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots in the V time slots, and in the above-mentioned D available time slots The above-mentioned third PUSCH is sent in other time slots except the above-mentioned V time slots, and the above-mentioned V is smaller than the above-mentioned D.
在一种可能的实现中,上述处理单元,还用于确定被配置用于发送上述第二PUSCH或上述第三PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述M个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;上述M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足上述第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;满足上述第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the above-mentioned second PUSCH or the above-mentioned third PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the above-mentioned start The time domain resource determined by the symbol S and the number L of the above symbols is the first time domain resource; the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above M first available time slots Among the slots, the slots that meet the first condition are unavailable slots; in the consecutive N2 slots between the first available slot and the last available slot in the above M second available slots, the above-mentioned first condition is satisfied. A time slot with one condition is an unavailable time slot; the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition above overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission , symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols used for the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, and other symbols used for transmission priority higher than the above PUSCH PUSCH symbols, symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration, used in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario The symbol for receiving the synchronization data block, the downlink symbol for semi-static signaling configuration in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario, or the symbol for receiving the PDCCH, or the symbol for receiving the PDSCH.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第二条件包括:若上述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在上述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在上述D个可用时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH;或者,若上述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在上述D个可用时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned second condition includes: if the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then sending the second PUSCH in the D available time slots; or, if D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, sending the second PUSCH in the D available time slots.
第十三方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二 PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;收发单元,用于在上述D个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH;上述收发单元,用于发送第一指示信息,上述第一指示信息用于指示在上述D个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine the M corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle The first available time slots and the M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above-mentioned first The three PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the above-mentioned second PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to send the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or send the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots; the above-mentioned transceiver unit , used to send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to send the second PUSCH in the D time slots or to send the third PUSCH in the D time slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第一指示信息包括以下信息中的至少一项:混合自动重传请求进程号HPN,新数据指示NDI,冗余版本RV。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned first indication information includes at least one of the following information: hybrid automatic repeat request process number HPN, new data indicator NDI, and redundancy version RV.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第一指示信息在上述第二PUSCH或上述第三PUSCH的资源上打孔传输。In a possible implementation, the first indication information is punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
第十四方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M和PUSCH传输周期的长度P;上述处理单元,用于确定用于发送第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,上述M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期;收发单元,用于在上述M个可用时隙中发送上述第四PUSCH;上述PUSCH传输周期的长度P为以下一个或者多个周期的长度的整数倍:半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期、用于同步数据块传输的符号对应的周期、用于下行测量的符号对应的周期、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号对应的周期、用于上下行切换的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号对应的周期、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号对应的周期、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期或用于接收PDCCH的符号对应的周期或者用于接收PDSCH的符号对应的周期。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit for determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above processing unit is used for determining For sending the M available time slots of the fourth PUSCH, the above M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to send the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission period P It is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the period corresponding to the symbol used for transmission The period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, and the period corresponding to the symbol used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH Period, period corresponding to symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, period corresponding to symbols used to repeatedly transmit PUCCH, period corresponding to symbols not available for uplink transmission based on high-level signaling configuration, carrier aggregation The period corresponding to the symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the scenario, the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive PDCCH or the period used to receive PDSCH The period corresponding to the sign of .
第十五方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元,用于确定M个可用时隙,若上述M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期,则不在上述M个时隙中发送PUSCH。In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit, configured to determine M available time slots, if the above If the M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission period, then the PUSCH is not sent in the above M time slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述处理单元,还用于确定被配置用于发送PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述M个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,上述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above-mentioned start symbol S and the above-mentioned number of symbols L The determined time-domain resource is the first time-domain resource; in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above M available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are In an unavailable time slot, the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement Symbols, symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, used for Symbols of other PUCCHs whose transmission priority is higher than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario . In the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
第十六方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元,用于确定用于接收第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,上述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,上述K小于上述M,在上述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;收发单元,用于在上述K个可用时隙中接收上述第一PUSCH。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine K for receiving the first PUSCH available time slots, the above K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the above K is less than the above M, and the time slots outside the above-mentioned first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the transceiver unit is used for the above K The above-mentioned first PUSCH is received in available time slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述处理单元,还用于确定用于接收上述第一PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源 为第一时域资源;上述K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,上述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复接收PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving the above-mentioned first PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the above-mentioned start symbol S and the above-mentioned number of symbols The time domain resource determined by L is the first time domain resource; among the above K available time slots among the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, the time slots that meet the first condition It is an unavailable time slot, and the first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement The symbols used to transmit the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH of type 0 occupy the control resource set, the symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, and the symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH. Symbols of other PUCCHs whose transmission priority is higher than the above-mentioned PUSCH, symbols used for repeated reception of PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, symbols used for receiving synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario Symbols, in the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
第十七方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;收发单元,用于当满足第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中接收第二PUSCH,当不满足上述第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中接收第三PUSCH;或者,上述收发单元,用于在上述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH,以及在上述D个可用时隙中除上述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH,上述V小于上述D。In a seventeenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine the M corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle The first available time slots and the M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above-mentioned first The three PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the above-mentioned second PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to receive the second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots when the second condition is met, and when the above-mentioned second condition is not met, Receive the third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots; or, the above-mentioned transceiver unit is configured to receive the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D available time slots in the V time slots, and in the above-mentioned D available time slots The above-mentioned third PUSCH is received in other time slots except the above-mentioned V time slots, and the above-mentioned V is smaller than the above-mentioned D.
在一种可能的实现中,上述处理单元,还用于确定用于接收上述第二PUSCH或上述第三PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述M个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;上述M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足上述第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;满足上述第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复接收PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving the above-mentioned second PUSCH or the above-mentioned third PUSCH, wherein each time slot is composed of the above-mentioned start symbol S The time-domain resource determined by the number of symbols L above is the first time-domain resource; among the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots, in the consecutive N1 time slots , the time slot that satisfies the first condition is an unavailable time slot; in the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, the above-mentioned first condition is satisfied The time slots are unavailable time slots; the first time domain resources included in the time slots satisfying the above first condition overlap with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, Symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols used for the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH Symbols, symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above-mentioned PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly receive PUCCHs, symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration, used to receive synchronization in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario The symbol of the data block, the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario, the symbol used to receive the PDCCH, or the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第二条件包括:若上述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在上述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在上述D个可用时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH;或者,若上述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在上述D个可用时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned second condition includes: if the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M first available time slots is before the first available time slot among the above-mentioned M second available time slots, then The second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots; or, if the D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots.
第十八方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;收发单元,用于在上述D个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH;上述收发单元,用于接收第一指示信息,上 述第一指示信息用于指示在上述D个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above-mentioned processing unit, configured to determine the M corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle The first available time slots and the M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above-mentioned first The three PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the above-mentioned second PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to receive the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots or receive the above-mentioned third PUSCH in the above-mentioned D time slots; the above-mentioned transceiver unit , used to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to receive the second PUSCH in the D time slots or to receive the third PUSCH in the D time slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第一指示信息包括以下信息中的至少一项:混合自动重传请求进程号HPN,新数据指示NDI,冗余版本RV。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned first indication information includes at least one of the following information: hybrid automatic repeat request process number HPN, new data indicator NDI, and redundancy version RV.
在一种可能的实现中,上述第一指示信息在上述第二PUSCH或上述第三PUSCH的资源上打孔传输。In a possible implementation, the first indication information is punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
第十九方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M和PUSCH传输周期的长度P;上述处理单元,用于确定用于接收第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,上述M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期;收发单元,用于在上述M个可用时隙中接收上述第四PUSCH;上述PUSCH传输周期的长度P为以下一个或者多个周期的长度的整数倍:半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期、用于同步数据块传输的符号对应的周期、用于下行测量的符号对应的周期、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号对应的周期、用于上下行切换的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号对应的周期、用于重复接收PUCCH的符号对应的周期、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期或用于接收PDCCH的符号对应的周期或者用于接收PDSCH的符号对应的周期。In a nineteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit for determining the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above processing unit is used for determining For receiving the M available time slots of the fourth PUSCH, the above M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period; the transceiver unit is used to receive the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission period P It is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the period corresponding to the symbol used for transmission The period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of type 0 physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, and the period corresponding to the symbol used to transmit other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH Period, period corresponding to symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, period corresponding to symbols used to repeatedly receive PUCCH, period corresponding to symbols not available for uplink transmission based on high-level signaling configuration, carrier aggregation The period corresponding to the symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the scenario, the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive PDCCH or the period used to receive PDSCH The period corresponding to the sign of .
第二十方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元,用于确定M个可用时隙,若上述M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期,则不在上述M个时隙中接收PUSCH。In a twentieth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a processing unit, configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit, configured to determine M available time slots, if the above If the M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission period, then the PUSCH will not be received in the above M time slots.
在一种可能的实现中,上述处理单元,还用于确定用于接收PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由上述开始符号S和上述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;上述M个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,上述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the above-mentioned start symbol S and the number of symbols L The time-domain resource of is the first time-domain resource; among the above-mentioned M available time slots among the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable The first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, Symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, symbols used for transmission priority Symbols of other PUCCHs with a higher level than the above PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in carrier aggregation scenarios, and carriers In the aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured in the semi-static signaling in the cell or the symbols used to receive the PDCCH or the symbols used to receive the PDSCH.
第二十一方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。该通信装置可执行第一方面~第五方面上述的方法。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。该单元或模块可以是软件和/或硬件。该通信装置执行的操作及有益效果可以参见上述第一方面~第五方面上述的方法以及有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。In a twenty-first aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device can execute the above-mentioned methods in the first aspect to the fifth aspect. The functions of the communication device may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions. The unit or module can be software and/or hardware. For the operations and beneficial effects performed by the communication device, reference may be made to the above-mentioned methods and beneficial effects of the first aspect to the fifth aspect, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
第二十二方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以是接入网设备,也可以是接入网设备中的装置,或者是能够和接入网设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。该通信装置可执行第六方面~第十方面上述的方法。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件 实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。该单元或模块可以是软件和/或硬件。该通信装置执行的操作及有益效果可以参见上述第六方面~第十方面上述的方法以及有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。In a twenty-second aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The device may be an access network device, or a device in the access network device, or a device that can be matched with the access network device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device may execute the methods described in the sixth aspect to the tenth aspect. The function of the communication device can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions. The unit or module can be software and/or hardware. For the operations and beneficial effects performed by the communication device, reference may be made to the methods and beneficial effects of the sixth aspect to the tenth aspect above, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
第二十三方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,上述通信装置包括处理器和收发器,上述处理器和上述收发器用于执行至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使得上述装置实现如第一方面~第十方面中任意一项的方法。In a twenty-third aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the above-mentioned communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the above-mentioned processor and the above-mentioned transceiver are used to execute at least one computer program or instruction stored in a memory, so that the above-mentioned device realizes The method of any one of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
第二十四方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,通信装置包括处理器、收发器和存储器,处理器、收发器和存储器耦合;处理器和收发器用于实现如第一方面~第十方面中任意一项的方法。In the twenty-fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes a processor, a transceiver, and a memory, and the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are coupled; the processor and the transceiver are used to implement the first aspect to the tenth aspect any one of the methods.
第二十五方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时,实现如第一方面~第十方面中任意一项的方法。In the twenty-fifth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer programs or instructions are stored. When the computer programs or instructions are executed by the computer, any one of the first to tenth aspects can be realized. item method.
第二十六方面,本申请提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,上述计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,以实现第一方面~第十方面中任意一项的方法。In a twenty-sixth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product including instructions. The computer program product includes computer program codes. When the computer program codes are run on a computer, any one of the first to tenth aspects can be realized. item method.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的5G通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a 5G communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的Type A的重复发送的示意图;Fig. 2 is the schematic diagram of repeated transmission of Type A provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的Type B的重复发送的示意图;Fig. 3 is the schematic diagram of repeated transmission of Type B provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种时域资源的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a time-domain resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的周期P的示意图;Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of the period P provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的增强型的Type A重复发送的一示意图;Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of the enhanced Type A repeated transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的增强型的Type A重复发送的另一示意图;Fig. 7 is another schematic diagram of the enhanced Type A repeated transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的确定可用时隙的一场景示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for determining available time slots provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的第一可用时隙和第二可用时隙的场景示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of scenarios of a first available time slot and a second available time slot provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一流程示意图;Fig. 13 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的又一流程示意图;FIG. 14 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Fig. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。Fig. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示“或”的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B。本申请实施例中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B这三种情况。此外,“至少一个”是指一个或多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“……中的至少一个”、 “……中的一个或多个”以及类似表述是指列出的各项之一及其任意数量的组合,例如,“A、B和C中的至少一个”或“A、B或C中的至少一个”可以表示下述情况:单独存在A;单独存在B;单独存在C;同时存在A和B;同时存在A和C;同时存在B和C;同时存在A、B和C。“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means "or", for example, A/B may mean A or B. The "and/or" in the embodiment of the present application is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and A and B exist alone. There are three cases of B. In addition, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "At least one of", "one or more of" and similar expressions refer to one of the listed items and any number of combinations thereof, for example, "at least one of A, B, and C " or "at least one of A, B or C" may mean the following: A alone; B alone; C alone; both A and B; both A and C; both B and C; There are A, B and C. Words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and order of execution, and words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit the difference.
本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to mean an example, illustration or description. Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" or "for example" is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
下面首先对本申请实施例的系统架构进行介绍:The following firstly introduces the system architecture of the embodiment of the present application:
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)以及未来的通信系统等,在此不做限制。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system of mobile communication (global system of mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) Communication System, Fifth Generation (5G) System or new radio (new radio, NR) and future communication systems, etc., are not limited here.
为便于理解,本申请实施例5G通信系统为例进行说明。请参见图1,图1是本申请实施例提供的5G通信系统的结构示意图。如图1所示,接入网设备和终端设备1~终端设备6组成一个通信系统。在该通信系统中,终端设备1~终端设备6可以发送上行信息给接入网设备,接入网设备也可以发送下行信息给终端设备1~终端设备6。此外,终端设备4~终端设备6也可以组成一个通信系统。在该通信系统中,接入网设备可以发送下行信息给终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备5等;终端设备5也可以发送下行信息给终端设备4、终端设备6。而终端设备4和终端设备6也可以通过终端设备5向接入网设备发送上行信息。For ease of understanding, the 5G communication system in this embodiment of the present application is taken as an example for description. Please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a 5G communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , an access network device and terminal devices 1 to 6 form a communication system. In the communication system, terminal devices 1 to 6 can send uplink information to access network devices, and access network devices can also send downlink information to terminal devices 1 to 6 . In addition, terminal equipment 4 to terminal equipment 6 may also form a communication system. In this communication system, the access network device can send downlink information to terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 5, etc.; terminal device 5 can also send downlink information to terminal device 4, terminal device 6. The terminal device 4 and the terminal device 6 may also send uplink information to the access network device through the terminal device 5 .
其中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)。本申请实施例中的终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以经接入网(access network,AN)中的接入网设备与一个或多个核心网(core network,CN)的网元进行通信。终端设备也可称为接入终端、终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线网络设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端设备可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、智能电话、手机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA),可以是具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、无人机设备或物联网、车联网中的终端、5G移动通信网络以及未来网络中的任意形态的终端、中继用户设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端等,其中,中继用户设备例如可以是5G家庭网关(residential gateway,RG)。例如终端设备可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市中的无线终端、智慧家庭中的无线终端等。本申请实施例对此不做限定。Wherein, the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (user equipment, UE). The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can communicate with one or more core network (core network, CN) networks through the access network device in the access network (access network, AN). element to communicate. A terminal device may also be called an access terminal, terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless network equipment, user agent, or user device, among others. Terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as on aircraft, balloons, and satellites, etc.). An end device can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a smart phone, a cell phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA) , which can be handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, drone devices or terminals in the Internet of Things, Internet of Vehicles, 5G mobile communication networks, and future networks A terminal in any form, a relay user equipment, or a terminal in a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), where the relay user equipment may be, for example, a 5G residential gateway (RG ). For example, the terminal device can be a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a smart grid ( smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation security, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
接入网设备即为将终端设备接入到无线网络的节点或设备,接入网设备例如包括但不限于:5G通信系统中的新一代基站(generation node B,gNB)、演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、下一代演进型节点B(next generation eNB,ng-eNB)、无线回传设备、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站((home evolved nodeB,HeNB)或(home node B,HNB))、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU)、传输接收点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心等,在此不做限制。另外,接入网设备也可以是6G通信系统中的基站,或者是开放型基站(Open RAN)或者云基站(Cloud RAN),在Open RAN下,本发明涉及的接入网设备间或者接入网设备内的接口可能会变为Open RAN的内部接口,这些内部接口之间的流程和信息交互可以通过软件或者程序实现,所以本发明的技术方案同样适用于Open RAN架构,只要实现思想与本发明的方案相同或者相似,即落在本发明的保护范围之内。其中,本申请实施例可以接入网设备为基站,对本申请实施例所提供的方案进行示意性说明。An access network device is a node or device that connects a terminal device to a wireless network. For example, the access network device includes but is not limited to: a new generation base station (generation node B, gNB) and an evolved node B ( evolved node B, eNB), next generation evolved node B (next generation eNB, ng-eNB), wireless backhaul equipment, radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station Controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station ((home evolved nodeB, HeNB) or (home node B, HNB)), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), Transmission receiving point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc., are not limited here. In addition, the access network equipment can also be a base station in the 6G communication system, or an open base station (Open RAN) or a cloud base station (Cloud RAN). Under Open RAN, the access network equipment involved in the present invention or access The interface in the network equipment may become the internal interface of Open RAN, and the flow and information interaction between these internal interfaces can be realized by software or programs, so the technical solution of the present invention is also applicable to the Open RAN architecture, as long as the realization of the idea is consistent with this The schemes of the inventions are the same or similar, that is, fall within the protection scope of the present invention. Wherein, in the embodiment of the present application, the access network device may be a base station, and the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is schematically described.
为便于理解本申请实施例的相关内容,下面对一些本申请方案需要用到的知识进行介绍。In order to facilitate the understanding of the relevant content of the embodiment of the present application, some knowledge required for the solution of the present application will be introduced below.
一、符号(symbol)1. Symbol
符号,也可称为时域符号,包括但不限于正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号、稀疏码分多址技术(sparse code multiplexing access,SCMA)符号、过滤正交频分复用(filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,F-OFDM)符号、非正交多址接入(non-orthogonal multiple access,NOMA)符号,具体可以根据实际情况确定,在此不再赘述。Symbols can also be called time-domain symbols, including but not limited to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, sparse code division multiple access (sparse code multiplexing access, SCMA) symbols, filtered orthogonal frequency Division multiplexing (filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, F-OFDM) symbols, non-orthogonal multiple access (non-orthogonal multiple access, NOMA) symbols can be determined according to actual conditions, and will not be described here.
二、时隙(slot)Two, time slot (slot)
在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)中,1个时隙在时域上占用连续的6或7个OFDM符号等,在NR中,1个时隙在时域上占据连续的14个OFDM符号(常规循环前缀)或连续的12个OFDM符号(扩展循环前缀)等。In long term evolution (LTE), 1 slot occupies consecutive 6 or 7 OFDM symbols in the time domain, etc., and in NR, 1 slot occupies 14 consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain (regular cyclic prefix) or 12 consecutive OFDM symbols (extended cyclic prefix), etc.
三、高层信令3. High-level signaling
高层信令通常是指高层协议层发出的信令,高层协议层为物理层以上的至少一个协议层。其中,高层协议层具体可以包括以下协议层中的至少一个:媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、分组数据会聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层和非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)。The high-level signaling generally refers to the signaling sent by the high-level protocol layer, and the high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer above the physical layer. Wherein, the high-level protocol layer may specifically include at least one of the following protocol layers: medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence) protocol, PDCP) layer, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer and non-access stratum (non access stratum, NAS).
四、Type A和Type B的重复发送4. Repeated sending of Type A and Type B
NR协议支持对物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)最大16次的重复传输,支持对物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)最大8次的重复传输。具体当前NR协议对PUCCH支持Type A的重复发送,对PUSCH支持Type A和Type B的重复发送。The NR protocol supports a maximum of 16 repeated transmissions of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and a maximum of 8 repeated transmissions of the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). Specifically, the current NR protocol supports repeated transmission of Type A for PUCCH, and supports repeated transmission of Type A and Type B for PUSCH.
1、Type A的重复发送,指的是:K次重复需要占据连续的K个时隙,在每个时隙上进行1次重复发送,并且满足在每个时隙上的重复发送占据的时域开始符号S和符号数目L完全相同。示例性地,请参见图2,图2是本申请实施例提供的Type A的重复发送的示意图。如图2所示,假设为PUSCH或PUCCH配置了4次重复传输(即在slot1~slot4进行重复传输),其中每次重复传输占据一个时隙内的第1个时域符号(即符号索引0对应的符号)至第10个时域符号(即符号索引9对应的符号),则需要满足每一个时隙的重复传输均需要在各个时隙 的第1个时域符号至第10个时域符号上。1. Repeated transmission of Type A refers to: K repetitions need to occupy consecutive K time slots, perform 1 repeated transmission on each time slot, and satisfy the time occupied by repeated transmissions on each time slot The field start symbol S and the symbol number L are identical. For example, please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic diagram of repeated sending of Type A provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, it is assumed that 4 repeated transmissions are configured for PUSCH or PUCCH (that is, repeated transmissions are performed in slot1~slot4), and each repeated transmission occupies the first time domain symbol in a slot (that is, symbol index 0 corresponding symbol) to the 10th time-domain symbol (that is, the symbol corresponding to symbol index 9), then it is necessary to satisfy the repeated transmission of each time slot in the first time-domain symbol to the 10th time-domain symbol of each time slot on the symbol.
2、Type B的重复发送,指的是:依据第1次重复发送的起始时域符号位置S,按照每次重复需要占据的时域符号数目L,在连续的多个时域符号上进行重复发送,即从当前时隙的第S个时域符号开始,后续的K*L个时域符号(可能会到延伸到其他的时隙上)均用于K次重复发送。实际发送的重复次数可能比K次多,因为如果其中某一个资源跨时隙的边界,则划分为2个资源。示例性地,请参见图3,图3是本申请实施例提供的Type B的重复发送的示意图。如图3所示:2. The repeated transmission of Type B refers to: according to the initial time-domain symbol position S of the first repeated transmission, according to the number L of time-domain symbols that need to be occupied for each repetition, it is performed on multiple consecutive time-domain symbols Repeated transmission, that is, starting from the Sth time domain symbol of the current time slot, the subsequent K*L time domain symbols (may be extended to other time slots) are used for K times of repeated transmission. The actual number of repetitions sent may be more than K times, because if one of the resources crosses the boundary of the time slot, it is divided into two resources. For example, please refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic diagram of repeated transmission of Type B provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3:
Case1:当配置了2次重复传输且每次重复传输占用4个时域符号时,则会在连续的8个时域符号上完成2次重复传输。Case1: When 2 repeated transmissions are configured and each repeated transmission occupies 4 time-domain symbols, 2 repeated transmissions will be completed on 8 consecutive time-domain symbols.
Case2:当配置了4次重复传输且每次重复传输占用4个时域符号时,由于第三个资源跨了时隙边界,则在连续的16个时域符号上完成5次重复传输。Case2: When 4 repeated transmissions are configured and each repeated transmission occupies 4 time-domain symbols, since the third resource crosses the time slot boundary, 5 repeated transmissions are completed on 16 consecutive time-domain symbols.
Case3:当配置了1次发送且单次发送占据14个跨时隙边界的时域符号时,则会在连续的14个时域符号上进行2次重复传输。Case3: When one transmission is configured and a single transmission occupies 14 time-domain symbols across time slot boundaries, 2 repeated transmissions will be performed on consecutive 14 time-domain symbols.
其中,无论是type A还是type B类型的重复发送,当每一次重复的时域资源不满足传输的要求(例如从第S个时域符号开始的连续L个时域符号中遇到了下行符号,或者是遇到了高优先级的数据要在符号上传输)则取消本次传输,从而导致实际重复传输次数会少于接入网设备预期配置的重复次数。Among them, whether it is repeated transmission of type A or type B, when the time-domain resource of each repetition does not meet the transmission requirements (for example, downlink symbols are encountered in the consecutive L time-domain symbols starting from the S-th time-domain symbol, Or when encountering high-priority data to be transmitted on symbols), the current transmission is canceled, so that the actual number of repeated transmissions will be less than the expected number of repeated transmissions configured by the access network device.
3、开始符号S和符号个数L的指示方式包括以下两种方式:3. The indication methods of the start symbol S and the number of symbols L include the following two methods:
第一种方式:基于授权(grant based,GB)的调度。接入网设备可以向终端设备发送PDCCH,该PDCCH用于调度上行数据PUSCH传输,即该PDCCH可用于指示PUSCH传输的时域资源。具体地,基于授权(Grant based,GB)调度指示时域资源的步骤如下:The first way: scheduling based on grant (GB). The access network device may send a PDCCH to the terminal device, where the PDCCH is used to schedule uplink data PUSCH transmission, that is, the PDCCH may be used to indicate time domain resources for PUSCH transmission. Specifically, the steps of indicating time-domain resources based on grant (Grant based, GB) scheduling are as follows:
步骤一:终端设备确定时域资源表格,该时域资源表格可以为协议预定义的表格或者是接入网设备通过高层信令为终端设备配置的表格中的一个。其中时域资源表格中每一行指示了一个开始符号S和符号个数L。Step 1: The terminal device determines a time-domain resource table. The time-domain resource table may be a table predefined by the protocol or one of the tables configured by the access network device for the terminal device through high-layer signaling. Each row in the time domain resource table indicates a start symbol S and the number L of symbols.
步骤二:终端设备接收来自接入网设备的PDCCH,该PDCCH中携带下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),DCI中包含X个比特位,用于指示时域资源表格中的某一行,进而可确定出时域资源的开始符号S和符号个数L。Step 2: The terminal device receives the PDCCH from the access network device, the PDCCH carries downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI), and the DCI contains X bits, which are used to indicate a row in the time domain resource table, and then The start symbol S and the number of symbols L of the time-domain resource can be determined.
第二种方式:配置授权调度(configured grant)。其中,配置授权调度包括2种类型,分别为授权调度类型1和授权调度类型2。其中授权调度类型2的调度方式和GB调度的方式类似,这里不再进行赘述,而对于授权调度类型1,数据传输所占据的时域资源的位置是通过高层信令配置的,而不是通过发送PDCCH配置的。下面具体介绍配置授权调度指示时域资源的步骤:The second way: configure authorized scheduling (configured grant). Among them, the configuration authorization scheduling includes two types, which are authorization scheduling type 1 and authorization scheduling type 2 respectively. The scheduling method of authorized scheduling type 2 is similar to that of GB scheduling, and will not be repeated here. For authorized scheduling type 1, the position of time domain resources occupied by data transmission is configured through high-level signaling instead of sending PDCCH configuration. The following describes the steps for configuring authorized scheduling to indicate time domain resources:
步骤一:终端设备确定时域资源表格,该时域资源表格可以为协议预定义的表格或者是高层配置的表格中的一个。其中时域资源表格中每一行指示了一个开始符号S和符号个数L。Step 1: The terminal device determines a time-domain resource table, and the time-domain resource table may be a table predefined by the protocol or one of tables configured by a high layer. Each row in the time domain resource table indicates a start symbol S and the number L of symbols.
步骤二:终端设备接收来自接入网设备的高层信令,该高层信令指示了时域资源表格中的某一行,进而可确定出时域资源的开始符号S和符号个数L。Step 2: The terminal device receives high-level signaling from the access network device, the high-level signaling indicates a certain row in the time domain resource table, and then determines the start symbol S and the number of symbols L of the time domain resource.
示例性地,请参见图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的一种时域资源的示意图。如图4所示,假设基于上述GB调度或配置授权调度确定出开始符号S=2,符号个数L=4,则说明PUSCH的时域资源为一个时隙中14个符号的第3个符号(即符号索引2对应的符号)~第6个符号(即符号索引5对应的符号)。For example, please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a schematic diagram of a time-domain resource provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, assuming that the start symbol S=2 and the number of symbols L=4 are determined based on the above-mentioned GB scheduling or configuration grant scheduling, it means that the time domain resource of PUSCH is the third symbol of the 14 symbols in a time slot (that is, the symbol corresponding to symbol index 2) to the sixth symbol (that is, the symbol corresponding to symbol index 5).
4、周期P和时域偏置值4. Period P and time domain offset value
可理解的,配置授权调度除了可以通过高层信令配置开始符号S和符号个数L,其还可以通过高层信令配置时域偏置值和周期P(也可以称为传输周期或PUSCH传输周期)。其中,时域偏置值用于确定从哪个时隙开始可以发送数据,即起始时隙。周期P可理解为确定出时域资源的开始符号S,符号个数L,起始时隙以及时隙个数以后,这个资源是周期性出现,且可以用于数据传输的。示例性地,请参见图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的周期P的示意图。如图5所示,假设基于Type A的重复发送方式,确定了4个时隙用于数据传输,则在每个周期P内都会有4个用于传输数据的时隙(如图5所示的slot1~slot4、slot7~slot10)。It can be understood that, in addition to configuring the start symbol S and the number of symbols L through high-level signaling, the configuration of grant scheduling can also configure the time domain offset value and period P (also called transmission period or PUSCH transmission period) through high-level signaling. ). Wherein, the time domain offset value is used to determine from which time slot data can be sent, that is, the starting time slot. Period P can be understood as determining the start symbol S of the time-domain resource, the number of symbols L, the start time slot, and the number of time slots. This resource appears periodically and can be used for data transmission. For example, please refer to FIG. 5 , which is a schematic diagram of a period P provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, assuming that 4 time slots are determined for data transmission based on the repeated transmission method of Type A, there will be 4 time slots for data transmission in each period P (as shown in Figure 5 slot1~slot4, slot7~slot10).
其中,同一个周期内传输的数据采用的混合自动重传请求进程号(hybrid automatic retransmission request process number,HPN)都是相同的,不同周期之间的HPN可以不同,也就是说,HPN与当前数据所处的周期相关,而HPN关系到用哪个流水线处理数据,以及和之前使用相同HPN未成功的数据做合并的问题。Among them, the hybrid automatic retransmission request process number (HPN) used by the data transmitted in the same cycle is the same, and the HPN between different cycles can be different, that is, the HPN is different from the current data The cycle is related, and the HPN is related to which pipeline is used to process the data, and the problem of merging with the unsuccessful data that used the same HPN before.
5、重复次数K的指示方式包括以下两种:5. There are two ways to indicate the number of repetitions K:
第一种:可以在上述提到的时域资源表格中每一行都包含一个重复次数K,通过PDCCH或高层信令指示出时域资源表格中某一行时,可同时确定出重复次数K。The first method: each row in the time domain resource table mentioned above may contain a repetition number K, and when a certain row in the time domain resource table is indicated through the PDCCH or high-layer signaling, the repetition number K may be determined at the same time.
第二种:如果时域资源表格中没有重复次数K,则重复次数K可以是通过高层信令配置的一个参数,如果高层信令没有配置重复次数参数,则可以默认K=1或者默认K为预设值等。The second type: if there is no repetition number K in the time-domain resource table, then the repetition number K can be a parameter configured through high-level signaling. If the high-level signaling does not configure the repetition number parameter, then the default K=1 or the default K is default values, etc.
五、增强型的Type A重复发送5. Enhanced Type A repeated sending
考虑到覆盖需求(即改善上行传输性能),可对上述type A的重复发送进行增强(为方便描述,也可描述为增强型的typeA的重复发送),即被取消的传输不计算在重复传输的次数之内,继续向后找能够用于传输的资源,直到满足重复次数的要求。具体地,增强型的type A的重复发送方式为:不是基于连续的时隙去数重复次数,而是基于实际可以用于上行数据传输的时隙来数重复次数。在本申请实施例例中,可将实际可以用于上行数据传输的时隙描述为可用时隙(available slot)。也就是说,当确定出重复次数K、开始符号S和符号个数L之后,可按照时域上从前到后的顺序依次找到K个可用时隙。其中,可用时隙是通过排除不可用时隙(unavailable slot)定义的,其中不可用时隙可定义为:在这些时隙中从开始符号S开始,连续L个符号中包含了不可以用于上行传输的符号。Considering the coverage requirement (that is, to improve the uplink transmission performance), the above-mentioned repeated transmission of type A can be enhanced (for the convenience of description, it can also be described as the enhanced repeated transmission of type A), that is, the canceled transmission is not counted in the repeated transmission Within the number of times, continue to look backward for resources that can be used for transmission until the requirement for the number of repetitions is met. Specifically, the repeated transmission method of the enhanced type A is: instead of counting the number of repetitions based on consecutive time slots, the number of repetitions is counted based on the time slots that can actually be used for uplink data transmission. In this embodiment of the present application, a time slot that can actually be used for uplink data transmission may be described as an available time slot (available slot). That is to say, after the number of repetitions K, the start symbol S, and the number of symbols L are determined, K available time slots can be found in sequence from front to back in the time domain. Among them, the available time slot is defined by excluding the unavailable slot (unavailable slot), wherein the unavailable slot can be defined as: starting from the start symbol S in these time slots, the consecutive L symbols contain symbol.
示例性地,请参见图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的增强型的Type A重复发送的一示意图。假设基于Type A重复发送方式确定出4个时隙用于传输数据(如图6所示的slot1~slot4),但是其中有3个时隙是不可用时隙(如图6阴影所示的slot2~slot4)。因此,这3个时隙不算,再找下一个时隙,直到确定出4个可用时隙(如图6所示的slot1、slot5~slot7)来传输数据,以此能够保证上行数据的覆盖。For example, please refer to FIG. 6, which is a schematic diagram of the enhanced Type A repeated transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application. Assume that based on the Type A repeated transmission method, 4 time slots are determined for data transmission (slot1~slot4 shown in Figure 6), but 3 of them are unusable time slots (slot2~slots shown in the shadow of Figure 6). slot4). Therefore, these three time slots are not counted, and the next time slot is found until four available time slots (slot1, slot5-slot7 as shown in Figure 6) are determined to transmit data, so as to ensure the coverage of uplink data .
其中,当采用增强型的type A重复发送方式时,为了满足重复传输的次数要求,可能会出现重复传输的可用时隙由于跨周期边界而导致时域资源冲突的情况,影响接入网设备与终端设备之间的正常通信。示意性地,请参见图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的增强型的Type A重复发送的另一示意图。如图7所示,假设基于Type A重复发送方式确定出每个周期的前4个时隙用于传输数据,其中,由于每个周期内的不可用时隙不同,比如图7第一行中,第一个周期中第3个时隙是不可用时隙,第二个周期中的前3个时隙都是不可用时隙,而导致基于增强型的Type A重复发送方式确定出的可以用于数据传输的时隙如第二行所示。其中,由图7中第二行可知,为满足重复传输的次数要求,会出现第二个周期的第4次重复的资源延伸到了第3个周期内,与第3个周期的第一个用于数据传输的资源冲突了,因此,会影响接入网设备与终端设备之间的正常通信。Among them, when the enhanced type A repeated transmission method is used, in order to meet the requirements for the number of repeated transmissions, the available time slots for repeated transmissions may cause time-domain resource conflicts due to cross-period boundaries, affecting access network equipment and Normal communication between end devices. Schematically, please refer to FIG. 7. FIG. 7 is another schematic diagram of the enhanced Type A repeated transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, it is assumed that the first 4 time slots of each cycle are used to transmit data based on the Type A repeated transmission method, where, due to the different unavailable time slots in each cycle, for example, in the first row of Figure 7, The third time slot in the first cycle is an unavailable time slot, and the first three time slots in the second cycle are all unavailable time slots, resulting in the data that can be used for data determined based on the enhanced Type A repeated transmission method. The time slots for transmission are shown in the second row. Among them, it can be seen from the second line in Figure 7 that in order to meet the requirements for the number of repeated transmissions, the resources repeated in the fourth cycle in the second cycle will be extended to the third cycle, which is different from the resources used in the first cycle in the third cycle. Resources for data transmission conflict, therefore, it will affect the normal communication between the access network device and the terminal device.
基于此,本申请实施例提出了一种通信方法,该方法可提高通信的可靠性。下面对本申请提供的通信方法及通信装置进行详细介绍:Based on this, an embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method, which can improve communication reliability. The communication method and communication device provided by this application are introduced in detail below:
请参见图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一流程示意图。如图8所示,该通信方法包括如下步骤S801~S802,图8所示的方法执行主体可以为终端设备,或者,图8所示的方法执行主体也可以为终端设备中的芯片等,在此不做限制。为方便描述,下面将以终端设备为例进行说明。Please refer to FIG. 8 . FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the communication method includes the following steps S801-S802. The method execution body shown in FIG. 8 may be a terminal device, or the method execution body shown in FIG. 8 may also be a chip in the terminal device. This is not limited. For convenience of description, a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
S801、确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M。S801. Determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
在一些可行的实施方式中,在上行传输时,为改善上行传输的性能,终端设备可采用重复传输的方式实现通信增强。具体地,终端设备可确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M。其中,终端设备确定PUSCH的重复次数参数M可理解为:终端设备接收来自接入网设备的指示信息,该指示信息包括重复次数参数M,即指示信息指示了重复次数参数M。其中,本申请实施例中所涉及的PUSCH可理解为基于配置授权调度类型调度的PUSCH。可理解的,指示信息中还可以包括开始符号S、符号个数L、周期P、时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个,即指示信息中还可以用于指示开始符号S、符号个数L、周期P、时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个,在此不做限制。因此,终端设备可基于从接入网设备接收到的指示信息确定被配置用于发送第一PUSCH的开始符号S、符号个数L、周期P和时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个。In some feasible implementation manners, during uplink transmission, in order to improve the performance of uplink transmission, the terminal device may implement communication enhancement by means of repeated transmission. Specifically, the terminal device may determine a parameter M of repetition times of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. Wherein, the determination of the repetition number parameter M of the PUSCH by the terminal device can be understood as: the terminal device receives indication information from the access network device, and the indication information includes the repetition number parameter M, that is, the indication information indicates the repetition number parameter M. Wherein, the PUSCH involved in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a PUSCH scheduled based on a configuration grant scheduling type. It is understandable that the indication information may also include one or more of information such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value, that is, the indication information may also be used to indicate the start symbol S, the symbol One or more of information such as the number L, the period P, and the time domain offset value are not limited here. Therefore, based on the indication information received from the access network device, the terminal device can determine one or more of the information configured to send the first PUSCH, such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value. indivual.
S802、确定用于发送第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙。S802. Determine K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH.
在一些可行的实施方式中,确定用于发送第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,K小于M。也就是说,在第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙。在本申请实施例中,不可用时隙可理解为不用于发送第一PUSCH的时隙,但是可用于发送其他数据/信息(即除第一PUSCH之外的其他数据/信息)的时隙。例如,其他数据/信息可以为同步数据块、下行数据、PDCCH、其他PUSCH、PUCCH等,在此不做限制。In some feasible implementation manners, K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH are determined, the K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission period, and K is less than M. That is to say, the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission period are unavailable time slots. In this embodiment of the present application, an unavailable time slot may be understood as a time slot that is not used for sending the first PUSCH, but can be used for sending other data/information (that is, other data/information except the first PUSCH). For example, other data/information may be synchronization data block, downlink data, PDCCH, other PUSCH, PUCCH, etc., which is not limited here.
其中,每个时隙中由开始符号S和符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源。在本申请实施例中,在同一周期中,K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙。其中,满足第一条件的时隙(即不可用时隙)包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号(或描述为符号的位置)重叠:Wherein, the time-domain resource determined by the start symbol S and the number of symbols L in each time slot is the first time-domain resource. In the embodiment of the present application, in the same period, among the K available time slots in the first available time slot and the last available time slot in X consecutive time slots, when the time slot that satisfies the first condition is unavailable Gap. Wherein, the first time-domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition (that is, the unavailable time slot) overlaps with at least one of the following symbols (or positions described as symbols):
1、半静态信令配置的下行符号,例如通过tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated参数指示的下行符号等,在此不做限制。1. The downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, such as the downlink symbols indicated by the tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated parameters, are not limited here.
2、用于同步数据块传输的符号,例如通过SSB configuration参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。2. The symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, such as the symbols indicated by the SSB configuration parameter, are not limited here.
3、用于下行测量的符号,例如通过SSB based measurement by SMTC参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。3. The symbol used for downlink measurement, such as the symbol indicated by the SSB based measurement by SMTC parameter, is not limited here.
4、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号,例如通过CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。4. The symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used to transmit type 0, such as the symbols indicated by the CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set parameter, are not limited here.
5、用于上下行切换的符号,例如通过Invalid UL symbols for DL-to-UL switching purpose参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。5. The symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, such as the symbols indicated by the Invalid UL symbols for DL-to-UL switching purpose parameter, are not limited here.
6、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号,例如通过Other GF-PUSCH with larger priority index参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。6. Symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with a higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the Other GF-PUSCH with larger priority index parameter, are not limited here.
7、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号,例如通过PUCCH with larger  priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。7. Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the PUCCH with larger priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS parameter, are not limited here.
8、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号,例如通过Semi-static PUCCH with repetition参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。8. The symbol used to repeatedly send the PUCCH, such as the symbol indicated by the Semi-static PUCCH with repetition parameter, is not limited here.
9、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号,例如通过invalidSymbolPattern参数指示的不合法符号等,在此不做限制。其中,具体指示方式可以为通过一个符号级的比特位图(bitmap)的方式,指示一个或者2个时隙中每个符号是否为不合法的符号。其中,符号级的比特位图中比特值为1说明对应的符号为不合法符号,比特值为0说明对应的符号为合法符号,或者,符号级的比特位图中比特值为1说明对应的符号为合法符号,比特值为0说明对应的符号为不合法符号,在此不做限制。举例来说,以符号级的比特位图的长度为14比特为例进行示意性说明,即以一个符号级的比特位图指示一个时隙中每个符号是否为不合法的符号为例进行说明。其中,假设符号级的比特位图为10000100000000,其中,1表示对应的符号为不合法符号,0表示对应的符号为合法符号,则根据该符号级的比特位图,可确定1个时隙中的第1个符号(即符号索引为0的符号)和第6个符号(即符号索引为5的符号)为不合法符号。可选的,接入网设备还可以给终端设备发送一个参数(例如时隙级的比特位图)用于指示一个周期中哪些时隙可基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号,哪些时隙不是基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号。其中,时隙级的比特位图中比特值为1说明对应的时隙可基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号,比特值为0说明对应的时隙不是基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号,或者,时隙级的比特位图中比特值为1说明对应的时隙可基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号,比特值为0说明对应的时隙不是基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号,在此不做限制。举例来说,假设周期P=6(即一个周期中包括6个时隙),其中时隙级的比特位图为10000,因此,可确定该周期中的第一个时隙可基于上述符号级的比特位图确定该时隙中每个符号是否为不合法的符号。可选的,若没有配置时隙级的比特位图,则可默认约定一个周期中奇数个数的时隙可基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号,偶数个数的时隙不可以基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号,或者,默认约定一个周期中偶数个数的时隙可基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号,奇数个数的时隙不可以基于上述符号级的比特位图确定不合法符号。9. Symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, such as invalid symbols indicated by the invalidSymbolPattern parameter, are not limited here. Wherein, the specific indication manner may be to indicate whether each symbol in one or two time slots is an illegal symbol by means of a symbol-level bitmap (bitmap). Wherein, a bit value of 1 in the symbol-level bitmap indicates that the corresponding symbol is an illegal symbol, a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding symbol is a legal symbol, or a bit value of 1 in the symbol-level bitmap indicates that the corresponding The symbol is a legal symbol, and a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding symbol is an illegal symbol, and there is no limitation here. For example, take a symbol-level bitmap with a length of 14 bits as an example for schematic illustration, that is, take a symbol-level bitmap to indicate whether each symbol in a time slot is an illegal symbol for example. . Wherein, assuming that the symbol-level bitmap is 10000100000000, where 1 indicates that the corresponding symbol is an illegal symbol, and 0 indicates that the corresponding symbol is a legal symbol, then according to the symbol-level bitmap, it can be determined that The first symbol (that is, the symbol with symbol index 0) and the sixth symbol (that is, the symbol with symbol index 5) of are illegal symbols. Optionally, the access network device may also send a parameter (such as a time slot-level bitmap) to the terminal device to indicate which time slots in a cycle can determine illegal symbols based on the above symbol-level bitmap, and which Slots are not based on the above symbol-level bitmap to determine illegal symbols. Wherein, a bit value of 1 in the slot-level bitmap indicates that the corresponding time slot can determine an illegal symbol based on the above-mentioned symbol-level bitmap, and a bit value of 0 indicates that the corresponding time slot is not based on the above-mentioned symbol-level bits Figure to determine the illegal symbol, or, the bit value of the slot-level bitmap is 1, indicating that the corresponding slot can determine the illegal symbol based on the bitmap of the above symbol level, and the bit value is 0, indicating that the corresponding slot is not based on The above-mentioned symbol-level bitmap determines illegal symbols, and there is no limitation here. For example, assuming that the period P=6 (that is, a period includes 6 time slots), the bitmap of the time slot level is 10000, therefore, it can be determined that the first time slot in the period can be based on the above symbol level The bitmap of determines whether each symbol in the slot is an illegal symbol. Optionally, if the slot-level bitmap is not configured, it can be agreed by default that odd-numbered slots in a cycle can determine illegal symbols based on the above-mentioned symbol-level bitmap, and even-numbered slots cannot Illegal symbols are determined based on the above symbol-level bitmap, or, by default, the even-numbered time slots in a cycle can be determined based on the above-mentioned symbol-level bitmap, and the odd-numbered time slots cannot be based on the above-mentioned Symbol-level bitmaps identify illegal symbols.
10、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号(例如通过ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1或ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon参数指示的符号)。10. A symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario (for example, the symbol indicated by the ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 or ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon parameter).
11、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号,例如,通过tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated参数指示的下行符号,在此不做限制。又例如,通过高层信令配置为用于接收PDCCH,PDSCH或者信道状态信息-参考信号(channel state information-reference signals,CSI-RS)的符号,在此不做限制。11. In the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the cell or symbols used to receive PDCCH or symbols used to receive PDSCH, for example, through tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated The descending symbol indicated by the parameter is not limited here. For another example, symbols configured to receive PDCCH, PDSCH or channel state information-reference signals (channel state information-reference signals, CSI-RS) through high layer signaling are not limited here.
也就是说,终端设备可从第一PUSCH传输周期中的第一个时隙开始,沿着时间顺序,依次确定各个时隙包括的第一时域资源(即由开始符号S和符号长度L确定的时域资源)中是否存在一个或者多个符号与上述至少一种符号(或描述为符号的位置)重叠,其中,若第一PUSCH传输周期中任意一个时隙的第一时域资源与上述至少一种符号重叠,则确定该时隙为不可用时隙,若第一PUSCH传输周期中某个时隙的第一时域资源与上述各个符号皆不存在重叠,则确定该时隙为可用时隙。可理解的,若遍历到第一PUSCH传输周期中最后一个时隙时,仅确定出K(K<M)个可用时隙,则可将该K个可用时隙确定为用于发送第一 PUSCH的可用时隙。也就是说,除第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙皆为不可用于发送第一PUSCH的可用时隙,因此,基于本申请实施例的方法确定出的K个可用时隙可能会少于基于接入网设备指示的重复次数参数M。That is to say, the terminal device can start from the first time slot in the first PUSCH transmission cycle and sequentially determine the first time domain resources included in each time slot (that is, determined by the start symbol S and the symbol length L) along the time sequence. Whether there are one or more symbols in the time domain resource) overlap with the above at least one kind of symbol (or position described as a symbol), wherein, if the first time domain resource of any time slot in the first PUSCH transmission period overlaps with the above If at least one symbol overlaps, it is determined that the time slot is an unavailable time slot, and if there is no overlap between the first time domain resource of a certain time slot in the first PUSCH transmission cycle and each of the above symbols, it is determined that the time slot is an available time slot Gap. Understandably, if only K (K<M) available time slots are determined when traversing to the last time slot in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, then the K available time slots may be determined as used for sending the first PUSCH available time slots. That is to say, the time slots other than the first PUSCH transmission period are all available time slots that cannot be used to send the first PUSCH. Therefore, the K available time slots determined based on the method of the embodiment of the present application may be less than Based on the repetition times parameter M indicated by the access network device.
举例来说,请参见图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的确定可用时隙的一场景示意图。如图9所示,重复次数参数M=4,周期P=6个时隙。假设每个周期的前4个时隙用于传输数据(如图9中第一行所示每个周期中的前4个时隙可用于传输数据),其中,由于每个周期内的不可用时隙不同,比如图9第二行中,第一个周期中第3个时隙是不可用时隙,因此,可在第一个周期中依次确定前2个时隙是可用时隙,第三个时隙是不可用时隙,则继续向后找,直到找到4个可用时隙,如图9中第二行所示,第一个周期包括的4个可用时隙中,第一个可用时隙到最后一个可用时隙共有5个时隙,其中第2个时隙是不可用时隙。由于第二个周期中前3个时隙是不可用时隙,因此可在第二个周期中从第4个时隙开始,依次确定出3个可用时隙,且当找到3个可用时隙后,由于下一个时隙会超过周期边界,因此只能确定出3个可用时隙。For example, please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a schematic diagram of a scenario for determining an available time slot provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the number of repetitions parameter M=4, and the period P=6 time slots. Assume that the first 4 time slots in each cycle are used to transmit data (as shown in the first row in Figure 9, the first 4 time slots in each cycle can be used to transmit data), wherein, due to the unavailable time in each cycle For example, in the second row of Figure 9, the third time slot in the first cycle is an unavailable time slot, therefore, it can be determined in turn that the first two time slots are available time slots in the first cycle, and the third time slot is an available time slot. If the time slot is an unavailable time slot, continue to look backward until you find 4 available time slots, as shown in the second row in Figure 9, among the 4 available time slots included in the first cycle, the first available time slot There are 5 time slots up to the last available time slot, of which the second time slot is an unavailable time slot. Since the first 3 time slots in the second cycle are unavailable time slots, 3 available time slots can be determined sequentially from the 4th time slot in the second cycle, and when 3 available time slots are found , since the next time slot will exceed the period boundary, only 3 available time slots can be determined.
S803、在K个可用时隙中发送第一PUSCH。S803. Send the first PUSCH in K available time slots.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备在确定出的K个可用时隙中发送第一PUSCH。具体地,终端设备在K个可用时隙中发送第一PUSCH可理解为:终端设备在确定出的K个可用时隙中的开始符号S和符号个数L对应的符号上发送第一PUSCH,即终端设备在K个可用时隙中每个可用时隙包括的第一时域资源上发送第一PUSCH。In some feasible implementation manners, the terminal device sends the first PUSCH in the determined K available time slots. Specifically, the terminal device sending the first PUSCH in the K available time slots may be understood as: the terminal device sends the first PUSCH on symbols corresponding to the start symbol S and the number of symbols L in the determined K available time slots, That is, the terminal device sends the first PUSCH on the first time domain resource included in each of the K available time slots.
相应地,针对接入网设备而言,接入网设备同样可确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M,以及确定用于接收第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,K小于M,在第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙。进而,接入网设备可以在确定出的K个可用时隙中接收第一PUSCH。Correspondingly, for the access network device, the access network device can also determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and determine K available time slots for receiving the first PUSCH, and the K available time slots are In the first PUSCH transmission period, K is smaller than M, and the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission period are unusable time slots. Furthermore, the access network device may receive the first PUSCH in the determined K available time slots.
在本申请实施例中,通过规定超过周期边界的时隙都是不可用时隙,可保证确定出的K个可用时隙都在同一个周期内,从而避免出现确定出的可用时隙延伸到下一个周期中,所导致的资源冲突的问题,提高了通信的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, by specifying that the time slots beyond the cycle boundary are all unavailable time slots, it can be ensured that the determined K available time slots are all in the same cycle, thereby avoiding the occurrence of the determined available time slots being extended to the next A cycle, resulting in resource conflict issues, improves communication reliability.
请参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一流程示意图。如图10所示,该通信方法包括如下步骤S1001~S1002,图10所示的方法执行主体可以为终端设备,或者,图10所示的方法执行主体也可以为终端设备中的芯片等,在此不做限制。为方便描述,下面将以终端设备为例进行说明。Please refer to FIG. 10 . FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the communication method includes the following steps S1001-S1002. The method execution body shown in FIG. 10 may be a terminal device, or the method execution body shown in FIG. This is not limited. For convenience of description, a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
S1001、确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M。S1001. Determine a repetition number parameter M of a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
在一些可行的实施方式中,在上行传输时,为改善上行传输的性能,终端设备可采用重复传输的方式实现通信增强。具体地,终端设备可确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M。其中,终端设备确定PUSCH的重复次数参数M可理解为:终端设备接收来自接入网设备的指示信息,该指示信息包括重复次数参数M,即指示信息指示了重复次数参数M。其中,本申请实施例中所涉及的PUSCH可理解为基于配置授权调度类型调度的PUSCH。可理解的,指示信息中还可以包括开始符号S、符号个数L,周期P,时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个,即指示信息中还可以用于指示开始符号S、符号个数L,周期P,时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个,在此不做限制。因此,终端设备可基于从接入网设备接收到的指示信息确定被配置用于发送第一PUSCH的开始符号S,符号个数L,周期P和时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个。In some feasible implementation manners, during uplink transmission, in order to improve the performance of uplink transmission, the terminal device may implement communication enhancement by means of repeated transmission. Specifically, the terminal device may determine a parameter M of repetition times of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. Wherein, the determination of the repetition number parameter M of the PUSCH by the terminal device can be understood as: the terminal device receives indication information from the access network device, and the indication information includes the repetition number parameter M, that is, the indication information indicates the repetition number parameter M. Wherein, the PUSCH involved in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a PUSCH scheduled based on a configuration grant scheduling type. It is understandable that the indication information may also include one or more of information such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value, that is, the indication information may also be used to indicate the start symbol S, the symbol One or more of information such as the number L, the period P, and the time domain offset value are not limited here. Therefore, based on the indication information received from the access network device, the terminal device may determine one or more of the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value configured for sending the first PUSCH. indivual.
S1002、确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对 应的M个第二可用时隙。S1002. Determine M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission period.
在一些可行的实施方式中,确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙。其中,M个第一可用时隙和M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠,第三PUSCH传输周期为第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期。其中,M个第一可用时隙可以用于发送第一PUSCH的K次重复,M个第二可用时隙可以用于发送第二PUSCH的K次重复。也就是说,M个第一可用时隙对应第一HPN,M个第二可用时隙对应第二HPN。示例性,请参见图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的第一可用时隙和第二可用时隙的场景示意图。如图11所示,假设每个周期的前4个时隙用于传输数据(如图9中第一行所示每个周期中的前4个时隙可用于传输数据),其中,每个周期内的不可用时隙不同,比如图11第二行中,第一个周期中前3个时隙皆为不可用时隙,第二个周期中没有不可用时隙,因此,可在第一个周期中从第4个时隙开始,依次确定出4个时隙作为第一可用时隙,在第二个周期中从第1个时隙开始,依次确定出前4个时隙作为第二可用时隙。其中,第一周期对应的4个第一可用时隙中的最后一个可用时隙由于跨周期边界,与第二周期对应的4个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙重叠,即4个第一可用时隙和4个第二可用时隙中有1(即D=1)个可用时隙重叠。In some feasible implementation manners, M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission period are determined. Among the M first available time slots and the M second available time slots, D available time slots overlap, and the third PUSCH transmission period is a transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period. Wherein, the M first available time slots may be used to send K repetitions of the first PUSCH, and the M second available time slots may be used to send K repetitions of the second PUSCH. That is, the M first available time slots correspond to the first HPN, and the M second available time slots correspond to the second HPN. For example, please refer to FIG. 11 . FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of scenarios of a first available time slot and a second available time slot provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, it is assumed that the first 4 time slots of each cycle are used to transmit data (as shown in the first row in Figure 9, the first 4 time slots in each cycle can be used to transmit data), wherein each The unavailable time slots in the cycle are different. For example, in the second row of Figure 11, the first three time slots in the first cycle are all unavailable time slots, and there are no unavailable time slots in the second cycle. Starting from the 4th time slot, 4 time slots are sequentially determined as the first available time slots, and starting from the 1st time slot in the second period, the first 4 time slots are sequentially determined as the second available time slots . Wherein, the last available time slot in the 4 first available time slots corresponding to the first cycle overlaps with the first available time slot in the 4 second available time slots corresponding to the second cycle due to crossing the cycle boundary, namely 1 (that is, D=1) of the 4 first available time slots and the 4 second available time slots overlap.
其中,每个时隙中由开始符号S和符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源。在本申请实施例中,M个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙。其中,满足第一条件的时隙(即不可用时隙)包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号(或描述为符号的位置)重叠:Wherein, the time-domain resource determined by the start symbol S and the number of symbols L in each time slot is the first time-domain resource. In the embodiment of the present application, among the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the M first available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable time slots, Among the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot in the M second available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable time slots. Wherein, the first time-domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition (that is, the unavailable time slot) overlaps with at least one of the following symbols (or positions described as symbols):
1、半静态信令配置的下行符号,例如通过tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated参数指示的下行符号等,在此不做限制。1. The downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, such as the downlink symbols indicated by the tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated parameters, are not limited here.
2、用于同步数据块传输的符号,例如通过SSB configuration参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。2. The symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, such as the symbols indicated by the SSB configuration parameter, are not limited here.
3、用于下行测量的符号,例如通过SSB based measurement by SMTC参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。3. The symbol used for downlink measurement, such as the symbol indicated by the SSB based measurement by SMTC parameter, is not limited here.
4、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号,例如通过CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。4. The symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used to transmit type 0, such as the symbols indicated by the CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set parameter, are not limited here.
5、用于上下行切换的符号,例如通过Invalid UL symbols for DL-to-UL switching purpose参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。5. The symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, such as the symbols indicated by the Invalid UL symbols for DL-to-UL switching purpose parameter, are not limited here.
6、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号,例如通过Other GF-PUSCH with larger priority index参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。6. Symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with a higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the Other GF-PUSCH with larger priority index parameter, are not limited here.
7、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号,例如通过PUCCH with larger priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。7. Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the PUCCH with larger priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS parameter, are not limited here.
8、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号,例如通过Semi-static PUCCH with repetition参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。8. The symbol used to repeatedly send the PUCCH, such as the symbol indicated by the Semi-static PUCCH with repetition parameter, is not limited here.
9、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号,例如通过invalidSymbolPattern参数指示的不合法符号等,在此不做限制。9. Symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, such as invalid symbols indicated by the invalidSymbolPattern parameter, are not limited here.
10、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号(例如通过ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1或ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon参数指示的符 号)。10. A symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario (for example, the symbol indicated by the ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 or ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon parameter).
11、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号,例如,通过tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated参数指示的下行符号,在此不做限制。又例如,通过高层信令配置为用于接收PDCCH,PDSCH或者CSI-RS的符号,在此不做限制。11. In the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the cell or symbols used to receive PDCCH or symbols used to receive PDSCH, for example, through tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated The descending symbol indicated by the parameter is not limited here. For another example, a symbol configured to receive the PDCCH, PDSCH or CSI-RS is configured through high-layer signaling, which is not limited here.
也就是说,针对每个PUSCH传输周期,终端设备可从PUSCH传输周期中的第一个时隙开始,沿着时间顺序,依次确定各个时隙包括的第一时域资源(即由开始符号S和符号长度L确定的第一时域资源)中是否存在一个或者多个符号与上述至少一种符号(或描述为符号的位置)重叠,其中,若PUSCH传输周期中任意一个时隙的第一时域资源与上述至少一种符号重叠,则确定该时隙为不可用时隙,若PUSCH传输周期中某个时隙的第一时域资源与上述各个符号皆不存在重叠,则确定该时隙为可用时隙。可理解的,若遍历到PUSCH传输周期中最后一个时隙时,仅确定出K(K<M)个可用时隙,本申请还可以继续跨周期边界,在下一个周期中继续确定出(M-K)个可用时隙,直到找到M个可用时隙。That is to say, for each PUSCH transmission cycle, the terminal device can start from the first time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle and follow the time sequence to sequentially determine the first time domain resources included in each time slot (that is, start symbol S Whether there is one or more symbols in the first time-domain resource determined by the symbol length L) overlapping with the above-mentioned at least one symbol (or position described as a symbol), wherein, if the first time slot of any time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle If the time domain resource overlaps with at least one of the above-mentioned symbols, it is determined that the time slot is an unavailable time slot, and if the first time domain resource of a certain time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle does not overlap with each of the above symbols, then the time slot is determined is the available time slot. It is understandable that if only K (K<M) available time slots are determined when traversing to the last time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle, the application can continue to cross the cycle boundary and continue to determine (M-K) in the next cycle available slots until M available slots are found.
S1003、当满足第二条件时,在D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,当不满足第二条件时,在D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH。S1003. When the second condition is met, send the second PUSCH in the D available time slots, and when the second condition is not met, send the third PUSCH in the D available time slots.
在一些可行的实施方式中,当满足第二条件时,在D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,当不满足第二条件时,在D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH。也就是说,本申请实施例可规定在冲突发生的时候,选择性发送数据。具体地,第二条件可以为:若M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,相应地,若M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之后,则在D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH。In some feasible implementation manners, when the second condition is met, the second PUSCH is sent in the D available time slots, and when the second condition is not met, the third PUSCH is sent in the D available time slots. That is to say, this embodiment of the present application may stipulate that when a conflict occurs, data is selectively sent. Specifically, the second condition may be: if the first available time slot in the M first available time slots is before the first available time slot in the M second available time slots, then send the For the second PUSCH, correspondingly, if the first available time slot in the M first available time slots is after the first available time slot in the M second available time slots, the third available time slot is sent in the D available time slots. PUSCH.
示例性地,请一并参见11,由于第一周期对应的4个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙在第二周期对应的4个第二可用时隙中的第一个时隙之前,因此,可在第一可用时隙和第二可用时隙的重叠部分发送第一个周期对应的数据。For example, please refer to 11 together, since the first available time slot in the 4 first available time slots corresponding to the first period is at the first time in the 4 second available time slots corresponding to the second period Therefore, the data corresponding to the first cycle can be sent in the overlapping part of the first available time slot and the second available time slot.
可选的,第二条件也可以为:若D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,相应地,若D大于Q,则在D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH。其中,第一预设阈值Q可以是通过高层信令指示的,或者也可以是协议预定义的,具体根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。Optionally, the second condition may also be: if D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, then send the second PUSCH in D available time slots; correspondingly, if D is greater than Q, then when D available time slots The third PUSCH is sent in the slot. Wherein, the first preset threshold Q may be indicated through high-level signaling, or may also be predefined by a protocol, which is specifically determined according to an actual application scenario and is not limited here.
S1004、在D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中发送第二PUSCH,以及在D个可用时隙中除V个时隙之外的其他时隙中发送第三PUSCH。S1004. Send the second PUSCH in V time slots among the D available time slots, and send the third PUSCH in time slots other than the V time slots among the D available time slots.
在一些可行的实施方式中,在D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中发送第二PUSCH,以及在D个可用时隙中除V个时隙之外的其他时隙中发送第三PUSCH,V小于D。其中,V可用为D/2,也就是说,可在D个可用时隙中的D/2个时隙上发送第二PUSCH,在剩余的D/2个时隙上发送第三PUSCH。其中,当D/2除不尽的时候,可以向上取整或者向下取整。其中,V的取值也可以是通过高层信令指示的其他值,或者也可以是协议中预定义的值,具体根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。In some feasible implementation manners, the second PUSCH is sent in V time slots among the D available time slots, and the third PUSCH is sent in time slots other than the V time slots among the D available time slots , V is less than D. Wherein, V may be D/2, that is, the second PUSCH may be sent on D/2 time slots among the D available time slots, and the third PUSCH may be sent on the remaining D/2 time slots. Wherein, when D/2 is indivisible, it can be rounded up or rounded down. Wherein, the value of V may also be other values indicated by high-layer signaling, or may also be a predefined value in the protocol, which is determined according to actual application scenarios, and is not limited here.
相应地,针对接入网设备而言,接入网设备同样可确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M,以及确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙。M个第一可用时隙和M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;第三PUSCH传输周期为第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期。其中,当满足第二条件时,接入网设备在D个可用时隙中接收第二PUSCH,当不满足第二条件时,在D个可 用时隙中接收第三PUSCH。或者,接入网设备在D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中接收第二PUSCH,以及在D个可用时隙中除V个时隙之外的其他时隙中接收第三PUSCH,V小于D。Correspondingly, for the access network device, the access network device can also determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and determine the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the period. Among the M first available time slots and the M second available time slots, D available time slots overlap; the third PUSCH transmission period is a transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period. Wherein, when the second condition is satisfied, the access network device receives the second PUSCH in D available time slots, and when the second condition is not satisfied, receives the third PUSCH in D available time slots. Or, the access network device receives the second PUSCH in V time slots among the D available time slots, and receives the third PUSCH in time slots other than the V time slots among the D available time slots, V less than D.
在本申请中,通过定义资源冲突的情况下,终端设备应该基于何种规则发送数据,相应地,接入网设备基于与终端设备相同的规则接收数据,因此,可保证通信的正常进行,提高通信的可靠性。In this application, by defining the rules based on which terminal devices should send data in the case of resource conflicts, correspondingly, access network devices receive data based on the same rules as terminal devices, thus ensuring normal communication and improving Communication reliability.
请参见图12,图12是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的一流程示意图。如图12所示,该通信方法包括如下步骤S1201~S1202,图12所示的方法执行主体可以为终端设备,或者,图12所示的方法执行主体也可以为终端设备中的芯片等,在此不做限制。为方便描述,下面将以终端设备为例进行说明。Please refer to FIG. 12 . FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the communication method includes the following steps S1201-S1202. The method execution body shown in FIG. 12 may be a terminal device, or the method execution body shown in FIG. This is not limited. For convenience of description, a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
S1201、确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M。S1201. Determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
S1202、确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙。S1202. Determine M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission period.
其中,步骤S1201至步骤S1202的具体实现方式可以参见图10对应的实施例中对步骤S1001至步骤S1002的描述,这里不再进行赘述。Wherein, for the specific implementation manners of steps S1201 to S1202, reference may be made to the description of steps S1001 to S1002 in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
S1203、在D个时隙中发送第二PUSCH或者在D个时隙中发送第三PUSCH。S1203. Send the second PUSCH in D time slots or send the third PUSCH in D time slots.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备可以在重叠的D个时隙中发送第二PUSCH或者在重叠的D个时隙中发送第三PUSCH。例如,终端设备可以随机选择在重叠的D个时隙中发送第二PUSCH或者发送第三PUSCH。又例如,终端设备也可以根据第二PUSCH和第三PUSCH的优先级关系/重要程度确定在重叠的D个时隙中发送第二PUSCH,还是发送第三PUSCH,通常而言,可选择在重叠的D个时隙中发送优先级更高或重要程度更高的数据。In some feasible implementation manners, the terminal device may send the second PUSCH in the overlapping D time slots or send the third PUSCH in the overlapping D time slots. For example, the terminal device may randomly choose to send the second PUSCH or send the third PUSCH in the overlapped D time slots. For another example, the terminal device can also determine whether to send the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH in the overlapping D time slots according to the priority relationship/importance of the second PUSCH and the third PUSCH. Send data with higher priority or higher importance in the D time slots.
具体地,终端设备在M个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH或第四PUSCH可理解为:终端设备在确定出的M个可用时隙中的开始符号S和符号个数L对应的符号上发送第三PUSCH或第四PUSCH,即终端设备在M个可用时隙中每个可用时隙包括的第一时域资源上发送第三PUSCH或第四PUSCH。Specifically, the terminal device sending the third PUSCH or the fourth PUSCH in the M available time slots can be understood as: the terminal device sends on the symbols corresponding to the start symbol S and the symbol number L in the determined M available time slots The third PUSCH or the fourth PUSCH, that is, the terminal device sends the third PUSCH or the fourth PUSCH on the first time domain resource included in each of the M available time slots.
S1204、发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示在D个时隙中发送第二PUSCH或者在D个时隙中发送第三PUSCH。S1204. Send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to send the second PUSCH in D time slots or to send the third PUSCH in D time slots.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备可发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在D个时隙中发送第二PUSCH或者在D个时隙中发送第三PUSCH。也就是说,当终端设备确定在重叠的D个时隙中发送第二PUSCH或者第三PUSCH中任一个PUSCH时,终端设备可以向接入网设备发送一个指示信息(为方便描述,以下可将该指示信息描述为第一指示信息),该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备所选择发送的PUSCH。在本申请实施例中,第一指示信息包括混合自动重传请求进程号(hybrid automatic retransmission request process number,HPN),新数据指示(new date indication,NDI),冗余版本(redundancy version,RV)等信息中的至少一项。其中,第一指示信息可以在第二PUSCH或第三PUSCH的资源上打孔传输。In some feasible implementation manners, the terminal device may send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to send the second PUSCH in D time slots or to send the third PUSCH in D time slots. That is to say, when the terminal device determines to send any one of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH in the overlapping D time slots, the terminal device may send an indication message to the access network device (for convenience of description, the following may be referred to as The indication information is described as first indication information), and the first indication information is used to indicate the PUSCH selected and sent by the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the first indication information includes a hybrid automatic retransmission request process number (hybrid automatic retransmission request process number, HPN), a new data indication (new date indication, NDI), and a redundancy version (redundancy version, RV) at least one of the other information. Wherein, the first indication information may be punched and transmitted on resources of the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH.
相应地,针对接入网设备而言,接入网设备同样可确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M,以及确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙。M个第一可用时隙和M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;第三PUSCH传输周期为第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期。进一步地,接入网设备可接收来自终端设备的PUSCH和第一指示信息,以根据第一指示信息确定在重叠的时隙上终端设备具体选择发送了何种PUSCH,进而接入网设备可根据第一指示信息正确接收相 应的PUSCH。Correspondingly, for the access network device, the access network device can also determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and determine the M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period and the third PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the period. Among the M first available time slots and the M second available time slots, D available time slots overlap; the third PUSCH transmission period is a transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period. Further, the access network device may receive the PUSCH and the first indication information from the terminal device, so as to determine which PUSCH the terminal device specifically selects to send in the overlapping time slot according to the first indication information, and then the access network device may, according to The first indication information correctly receives the corresponding PUSCH.
在本申请中,定义了在资源冲突时,终端设备可选择在冲突的资源上发送第一PUSCH或者第二个PSUCH,并通过指示信息通知接入网设备自己所选择发送的PUSCH,因此,可保证终端设备与接入网设备间的正常通信。In this application, it is defined that when resources conflict, the terminal device can choose to send the first PUSCH or the second PSUCH on the conflicting resource, and notify the access network device of the PUSCH it chooses to send through the indication information. Therefore, it can Ensure normal communication between terminal equipment and access network equipment.
请参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一流程示意图。如图13所示,该通信方法包括如下步骤S1301~S1302,图13所示的方法执行主体可以为终端设备,或者,图13所示的方法执行主体也可以为终端设备中的芯片等,在此不做限制。为方便描述,下面将以终端设备为例进行说明。Please refer to FIG. 13 . FIG. 13 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the communication method includes the following steps S1301-S1302. The method execution body shown in Figure 13 can be a terminal device, or the method execution body shown in Figure 13 can also be a chip in the terminal device, etc. This is not limited. For convenience of description, a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
S1301、确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M和PUSCH传输周期的长度P。S1301. Determine a repetition number parameter M of a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and a length P of a PUSCH transmission period.
在一些可行的实施方式中,在上行传输时,为改善上行传输的性能,终端设备可采用重复传输的方式实现通信增强。具体地,终端设备可确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M。其中,终端设备确定PUSCH的重复次数参数M可理解为:终端设备接收来自接入网设备的指示信息,该指示信息包括重复次数参数M,即指示信息指示了重复次数参数M。其中,本申请实施例中所涉及的PUSCH可理解为基于配置授权调度类型调度的PUSCH。可理解的,指示信息中还可以包括开始符号S、符号个数L、周期P(即PUSCH传输周期的长度P)、时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个,即指示信息中还可以用于指示开始符号S、符号个数L、周期P、时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个,在此不做限制。因此,终端设备可基于从接入网设备接收到的指示信息确定被配置用于发送第一PUSCH的开始符号S、符号个数L、周期P和时域偏置值等信息中的一个或者多个。In some feasible implementation manners, during uplink transmission, in order to improve the performance of uplink transmission, the terminal device may implement communication enhancement by means of repeated transmission. Specifically, the terminal device may determine a parameter M of repetition times of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. Wherein, the determination of the repetition number parameter M of the PUSCH by the terminal device can be understood as: the terminal device receives indication information from the access network device, and the indication information includes the repetition number parameter M, that is, the indication information indicates the repetition number parameter M. Wherein, the PUSCH involved in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a PUSCH scheduled based on a configuration grant scheduling type. It can be understood that the indication information may also include one or more of information such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P (that is, the length P of the PUSCH transmission period), and the time domain offset value, that is, the indication information also includes It can be used to indicate one or more of information such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time-domain offset value, and there is no limitation here. Therefore, based on the indication information received from the access network device, the terminal device can determine one or more of the information configured to send the first PUSCH, such as the start symbol S, the number of symbols L, the period P, and the time domain offset value. indivual.
其中,本申请实施例中所涉及的PUSCH传输周期的长度P为以下一个或者多个周期的长度的整数倍:半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期、用于同步数据块传输的符号对应的周期、用于下行测量的符号对应的周期、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号对应的周期、用于上下行切换的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号对应的周期、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号对应的周期、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期或用于接收PDCCH的符号对应的周期或者用于接收PDSCH的符号对应的周期。Wherein, the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle involved in the embodiment of the present application is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following cycles: the cycle corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the symbol corresponding to the synchronous data block transmission The period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, the period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used to transmit type 0, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, The period corresponding to the symbol used to transmit other PUSCH with higher priority than PUSCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used to transmit other PUCCH with higher priority than PUSCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used to repeatedly send PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling configuration The period corresponding to the symbol that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario, or The period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDCCH or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
S1302、确定用于发送第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期。S1302. Determine M available time slots for sending the fourth PUSCH, where the M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备可确定用于发送第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期内。也就是说,终端设备可从同一PUSCH传输周期(例如第四PUSCH传输周期)中确定出的M个可用时隙。其中,每个时隙中由开始符号S和符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源。在本申请实施例中,M个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙。其中,满足第一条件的时隙(即不可用时隙)包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号(或描述为符号的位置)重叠:In some feasible implementation manners, the terminal device may determine M available time slots for sending the fourth PUSCH, and the M available time slots are within the same PUSCH transmission period. That is to say, the terminal device can determine M available time slots from the same PUSCH transmission period (for example, the fourth PUSCH transmission period). Wherein, the time-domain resource determined by the start symbol S and the number of symbols L in each time slot is the first time-domain resource. In the embodiment of the present application, among the X consecutive time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the M available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable time slots. Wherein, the first time-domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition (that is, the unavailable time slot) overlaps with at least one of the following symbols (or positions described as symbols):
1、半静态信令配置的下行符号,例如通过tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated参数指示的下行符号等,在此不做限制。1. The downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, such as the downlink symbols indicated by the tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated parameters, are not limited here.
2、用于同步数据块传输的符号,例如通过SSB configuration参数指示的符号等,在此不 做限制。2. The symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, such as the symbols indicated by the SSB configuration parameter, are not limited here.
3、用于下行测量的符号,例如通过SSB based measurement by SMTC参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。3. The symbol used for downlink measurement, such as the symbol indicated by the SSB based measurement by SMTC parameter, is not limited here.
4、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号,例如通过CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。4. The symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used to transmit type 0, such as the symbols indicated by the CORESET0 with Type0-PDCCH CSS set parameter, are not limited here.
5、用于上下行切换的符号,例如通过Invalid UL symbols for DL-to-UL switching purpose参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。5. The symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, such as the symbols indicated by the Invalid UL symbols for DL-to-UL switching purpose parameter, are not limited here.
6、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号,例如通过Other GF-PUSCH with larger priority index参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。6. Symbols used to transmit other PUSCHs with a higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the Other GF-PUSCH with larger priority index parameter, are not limited here.
7、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号,例如通过PUCCH with larger priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。7. Symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than PUSCH, such as the symbols indicated by the PUCCH with larger priority index carrying HARQ-ACK for SPS parameter, are not limited here.
8、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号,例如通过Semi-static PUCCH with repetition参数指示的符号等,在此不做限制。8. The symbol used to repeatedly send the PUCCH, such as the symbol indicated by the Semi-static PUCCH with repetition parameter, is not limited here.
9、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号,例如通过invalidSymbolPattern参数指示的不合法符号等,在此不做限制。9. Symbols configured based on high-level signaling that cannot be used for uplink transmission, such as invalid symbols indicated by the invalidSymbolPattern parameter, are not limited here.
10、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号(例如通过ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1或ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon参数指示的符号)。10. A symbol used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario (for example, the symbol indicated by the ssb-PositionsInBurst in SIB1 or ssb-PositionsInBurst in ServingCellConfigCommon parameter).
11、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号,例如,通过tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon或tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated参数指示的下行符号,在此不做限制。又例如,通过高层信令配置为用于接收PDCCH,PDSCH或者CSI-RS的符号,在此不做限制。11. In the carrier aggregation scenario, refer to the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the cell or symbols used to receive PDCCH or symbols used to receive PDSCH, for example, through tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon or tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated The descending symbol indicated by the parameter is not limited here. For another example, a symbol configured to receive the PDCCH, PDSCH or CSI-RS is configured through high-layer signaling, which is not limited here.
也就是说,终端设备可从某个PUSCH传输周期中的第一个时隙开始,沿着时间顺序,依次确定各个时隙包括的第一时域资源(即由开始符号S和符号长度L确定的时域资源)中是否存在一个或者多个符号与上述至少一种符号(或描述为符号的位置)重叠,其中,若PUSCH传输周期中任意一个时隙的第一时域资源与上述至少一种符号重叠,则确定该时隙为不可用时隙,若PUSCH传输周期中某个时隙的第一时域资源与上述各个符号皆不存在重叠,则确定该时隙为可用时隙。可理解的,由于本申请实施例中的PUSCH传输周期的长度P与所有会影响可用时隙确定的那些符号的周期相匹配(即PUSCH传输周期为上述列举的至少一个周期的整数倍),因此,可使得每个PUSCH传输周期内的符号情况都相同(即可保证每个PUSCH传输周期内的不可用时隙的位置以及数目都相同),从而使得接入网设备通过选择合适的重复次数M的值,即可保证不会出现确定可用时隙时跨周期边界的情况发生。That is to say, the terminal device can start from the first time slot in a certain PUSCH transmission cycle, and sequentially determine the first time domain resources included in each time slot along the time sequence (that is, determined by the start symbol S and the symbol length L Whether there is one or more symbols in the time domain resource) overlapping with the above at least one symbol (or position described as a symbol), wherein, if the first time domain resource of any time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle overlaps with the above at least one If the symbols overlap, the time slot is determined to be an unavailable time slot, and if the first time domain resource of a certain time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle does not overlap with each of the above symbols, then the time slot is determined to be an available time slot. It can be understood that since the length P of the PUSCH transmission period in the embodiment of the present application matches the period of all those symbols that will affect the determination of available time slots (that is, the PUSCH transmission period is an integer multiple of at least one period listed above), therefore , the symbols in each PUSCH transmission cycle can be made the same (that is, the position and number of unavailable time slots in each PUSCH transmission cycle can be guaranteed to be the same), so that the access network device can select the appropriate number of repetitions M value, it can be guaranteed that there will be no cross-period boundary when determining the available time slot.
S1303、在M个可用时隙中发送第四PUSCH。S1303. Send the fourth PUSCH in M available time slots.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备可在确定出的M个可用时隙中发送第四PUSCH。具体地,终端设备在M个可用时隙中发送第四PUSCH可理解为:终端设备在确定出的M个可用时隙中的开始符号S和符号个数L对应的符号上发送第四PUSCH,即终端设备在M个可用时隙中每个可用时隙包括的第一时域资源上发送第四PUSCH。In some feasible implementation manners, the terminal device may send the fourth PUSCH in the determined M available time slots. Specifically, the terminal device sending the fourth PUSCH in the M available time slots may be understood as: the terminal device sends the fourth PUSCH on symbols corresponding to the start symbol S and the symbol number L in the determined M available time slots, That is, the terminal device sends the fourth PUSCH on the first time domain resource included in each of the M available time slots.
相应地,针对接入网设备而言,接入网设备可确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M和PUSCH传输周期的长度P,以及确定用于接收第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期,进而,接入网设备在确定出的M个可用时隙中接收第四PUSCH。其中,PUSCH传输周期的长度P为以下一个或者多个周期的长度的整数倍:半静态 信令配置的下行符号对应的周期、用于同步数据块传输的符号对应的周期、用于下行测量的符号对应的周期、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号对应的周期、用于上下行切换的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号对应的周期、用于重复接收PUCCH的符号对应的周期、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期或用于接收PDCCH的符号对应的周期或者用于接收PDSCH的符号对应的周期。Correspondingly, for the access network device, the access network device may determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission cycle, and determine M available time slots for receiving the fourth PUSCH, The M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission period, and then, the access network device receives the fourth PUSCH in the determined M available time slots. Wherein, the length P of the PUSCH transmission period is an integer multiple of the length of one or more of the following periods: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period used for downlink measurement The period corresponding to the symbol, the period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, and the period used for transmission priority higher than PUSCH Periods corresponding to symbols of other PUSCHs, periods corresponding to symbols of other PUCCHs with a higher priority than PUSCH, periods corresponding to symbols used to repeatedly receive PUCCHs, symbols not available for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration The corresponding period, the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the synchronization data block in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario or the symbol used to receive the PDCCH period or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
在本申请中,通过定义PUSCH传输周期的长度,可保证每个PUSCH传输周期内包括的不可用时隙的位置以及数目都相同,从而使得接入网设备只要选择合适的重复次数M的值,就不会在可用时隙确定过程中出现跨周期边界的情况。In this application, by defining the length of the PUSCH transmission period, it can be ensured that the positions and numbers of unusable time slots included in each PUSCH transmission period are the same, so that the access network equipment only needs to select an appropriate value of the number of repetitions M. No crossing of cycle boundaries occurs during the determination of available slots.
请参见图14,图14是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的又一流程示意图。如图14所示,该通信方法包括如下步骤S1401~S1402,图14所示的方法执行主体可以为终端设备,或者,图14所示的方法执行主体也可以为终端设备中的芯片等,在此不做限制。为方便描述,下面将以终端设备为例进行说明。Please refer to FIG. 14 . FIG. 14 is another schematic flowchart of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, the communication method includes the following steps S1401-S1402. The subject of execution of the method shown in FIG. 14 may be a terminal device, or the subject of execution of the method shown in FIG. This is not limited. For convenience of description, a terminal device will be used as an example for description below.
S1401、确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M。S1401. Determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
其中,步骤S1401的具体实现方式可以参见图10对应的实施例中对步骤S1001的描述,这里不再进行赘述。Wherein, for a specific implementation manner of step S1401, reference may be made to the description of step S1001 in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
S1402、确定M个可用时隙,若M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期,则不在M个时隙中接收PUSCH。S1402. Determine M available time slots, and if the M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission cycle, do not receive the PUSCH in the M time slots.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备可确定M个可用时隙,其中,M个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。In some feasible implementation manners, the terminal device may determine M available time slots, wherein, among the M available time slots, in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot, the first A time slot with one condition is an unavailable time slot, and the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols: downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, Symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of the physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, symbols used for uplink and downlink switching, and symbols used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than PUSCH Symbols, symbols used to transmit other PUCCHs with higher priority than PUSCH, symbols used to repeatedly send PUCCHs, symbols not used for uplink transmission based on high-layer signaling configuration, used to receive synchronization data in other cells in carrier aggregation scenarios The symbol of the block, the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario or the symbol used to receive the PDCCH or the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
也就是说,终端设备可从某个PUSCH传输周期中的第一个时隙开始,沿着时间顺序,依次确定各个时隙包括的第一时域资源(即由开始符号S和符号长度L确定的时域资源)中是否存在一个或者多个符号与上述至少一种符号(或描述为符号的位置)重叠,其中,若PUSCH传输周期中任意一个时隙的第一时域资源与上述至少一种符号重叠,则确定该时隙为不可用时隙,若PUSCH传输周期中某个时隙的第一时域资源与上述各个符号皆不存在重叠,则确定该时隙为可用时隙。因此,可从至少一个PUSCH传输周期中确定出M个可用时隙。在本申请实施例中,若确定出的M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期,则不在M个时隙中接收PUSCH,也就是说,可在协议中规定终端设备不期望通过指示信息确定的K个可用时隙的时域长度大于周期P确定的周期长度,而不规定接入网设备具体使用何种算法确定重复传输次数M以达到此目的,给接入网设备一定的操作空间。That is to say, the terminal device can start from the first time slot in a certain PUSCH transmission cycle, and sequentially determine the first time domain resources included in each time slot along the time sequence (that is, determined by the start symbol S and the symbol length L Whether there is one or more symbols in the time domain resource) overlapping with the above at least one symbol (or position described as a symbol), wherein, if the first time domain resource of any time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle overlaps with the above at least one If the symbols overlap, the time slot is determined to be an unavailable time slot, and if the first time domain resource of a certain time slot in the PUSCH transmission cycle does not overlap with each of the above symbols, then the time slot is determined to be an available time slot. Therefore, M available time slots can be determined from at least one PUSCH transmission period. In this embodiment of the application, if the determined M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission period, then the PUSCH will not be received in the M time slots, that is, it can be stipulated in the protocol that the terminal device does not expect to be determined by the indication information. The time domain length of the K available time slots is greater than the cycle length determined by the cycle P, and does not specify which algorithm the access network device uses to determine the number of repeated transmissions M to achieve this purpose, giving the access network device a certain operating space.
在本申请中,当确定出的M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期时,不在M个时隙中 发送PUSCH,即可避免出现冲突问题。换句话说,可在协议中规定终端设备不期望确定出的K个可用时隙的时域长度大于周期P的长度。In this application, when the determined M available time slots are not in the same PUSCH transmission period, the PUSCH is not sent in the M time slots, so as to avoid the occurrence of collision problems. In other words, it may be stipulated in the protocol that the terminal device does not expect the determined time domain length of the K available time slots to be greater than the length of the period P.
下面将结合图15~图16对本申请提供的通信装置进行详细说明。The communication device provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 15 to 16 .
请参见图15,图15是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图15所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图8~图14所描述的方法实施例中终端设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图15所示的通信装置可以包括收发单元1501和处理单元1502。其中,处理单元1502,用于进行数据处理。收发单元1501集成有接收单元和发送单元。收发单元1501也可以称为通信单元。或者,也可将收发单元1501拆分为接收单元和发送单元。下文的处理单元1502和收发单元1501同理,下文不再赘述。其中:Please refer to FIG. 15 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus shown in FIG. 15 may be used to execute some or all functions of the terminal device in the method embodiments described in FIGS. 8 to 14 above. The device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched with the terminal device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 15 may include a transceiver unit 1501 and a processing unit 1502 . Wherein, the processing unit 1502 is configured to perform data processing. The transceiver unit 1501 is integrated with a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit 1501 may also be called a communication unit. Alternatively, the transceiver unit 1501 may also be split into a receiving unit and a sending unit. The processing unit 1502 below is the same as the transceiver unit 1501 , and will not be described in detail below. in:
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元1502,用于确定用于发送第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,上述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,上述K小于上述M,在上述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;收发单元1501,用于在上述K个可用时隙中发送上述第一PUSCH。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH, and the above K available time slots The time slot is in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the above K is less than the above M, and the time slots outside the above first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the transceiver unit 1501 is used to transmit the above K A PUSCH.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元1502,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;收发单元1501,用于当满足第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,当不满足上述第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH;或者上述收发单元1501,用于在上述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH,以及在上述D个可用时隙中除上述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH,上述V小于上述D。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the M first available time slots and the third available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above third PUSCH transmission cycle is the above second PUSCH The transmission period after the transmission period; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to send the second PUSCH in the above D available time slots when the second condition is met, and send the second PUSCH in the above D available time slots when the above second condition is not satisfied. Sending the third PUSCH; or the above-mentioned transceiver unit 1501, configured to send the above-mentioned second PUSCH in the V time slots of the above-mentioned D available time slots, and except the above-mentioned V time slots in the above-mentioned D available time slots The above-mentioned third PUSCH is sent in other time slots of , and the above-mentioned V is smaller than the above-mentioned D.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元1502,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;收发单元1501,用于在上述D个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH;上述收发单元1501,用于发送第一指示信息,上述第一指示信息用于指示在上述D个时隙中发送上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中发送上述第三PUSCH。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the M first available time slots and the third available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above third PUSCH transmission cycle is the above second PUSCH A transmission period after the transmission period; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to send the second PUSCH in the D time slots or send the third PUSCH in the D time slots; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to send the second PUSCH in the D time slots or to send the third PUSCH in the D time slots.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M和PUSCH传输周期的长度P;上述处理单元1502,用于确定用于发送第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,上述M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期;收发单元1501,用于在上述M个可用时隙中发送上述第四PUSCH;上述PUSCH传输周期的长度P为以下一个或者多个周期的长度的整数倍:半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期、用于同步数据块传输的符号对应的周期、用于下行测量的符号对应的周期、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号对应的周期、用于上下行切换的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号对应的周期、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号对应的周期、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符 号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期或用于接收PDCCH的符号对应的周期或者用于接收PDSCH的符号对应的周期。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission period; the above-mentioned processing unit 1502 is configured to determine M available Time slots, the above-mentioned M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission cycle; the transceiver unit 1501 is used to send the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length P of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission cycle is the following one or more cycles Integer multiples of the length: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the physical downlink control channel type used for transmission type 0 0-The period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of PDCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, the period corresponding to the symbol used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, and the period used for transmission with high priority Periods corresponding to symbols of other PUCCHs of the above-mentioned PUSCH, periods corresponding to symbols used to repeatedly transmit PUCCHs, periods corresponding to symbols not available for uplink transmission configured based on high-level signaling, and used for reception in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario The period corresponding to the symbol of the synchronization data block, the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario, or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDCCH, or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元1502,用于确定M个可用时隙,若上述M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期,则不在上述M个时隙中发送PUSCH。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine M available time slots, if the above M available time slots are not transmitted in the same PUSCH period, the PUSCH is not sent in the above M time slots.
该通信装置的其他可能的实现方式,可参见上述图8~图14对应的方法实施例中对终端设备功能的相关描述,在此不赘述。For other possible implementation manners of the communication apparatus, refer to the relevant description of the terminal device functions in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 8 to FIG. 14 above, and details are not repeated here.
请一并参见图15,图15示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图15所示的通信装置可以用于执行上述图8~图14所描述的方法实施例中接入网设备的部分或全部功能。该装置可以是接入网设备,也可以是接入网设备中的装置,或者是能够和接入网设备匹配使用的装置。其中,该通信装置还可以为芯片系统。图15所示的通信装置可以包括收发单元1501和处理单元1502。其中:Please also refer to FIG. 15 , which shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus shown in FIG. 15 may be used to execute part or all of the functions of the access network device in the method embodiments described in FIGS. 8 to 14 above. The device may be an access network device, or a device in the access network device, or a device that can be matched and used with the access network device. Wherein, the communication device may also be a system on a chip. The communication device shown in FIG. 15 may include a transceiver unit 1501 and a processing unit 1502 . in:
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元1502,用于确定用于接收第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,上述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,上述K小于上述M,在上述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;收发单元1501,用于在上述K个可用时隙中接收上述第一PUSCH。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine K available time slots for receiving the first PUSCH, the K available The time slot is in the first PUSCH transmission cycle, the above-mentioned K is less than the above-mentioned M, and the time slots outside the above-mentioned first PUSCH transmission cycle are unavailable time slots; the transceiver unit 1501 is used to receive the above-mentioned first K A PUSCH.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元1502,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;收发单元1501,用于当满足第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中接收第二PUSCH,当不满足上述第二条件时,在上述D个可用时隙中接收第三PUSCH;或者上述收发单元1501,用于在上述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH,以及在上述D个可用时隙中除上述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH,上述V小于上述D。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the M first available time slots and the third available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above third PUSCH transmission cycle is the above second PUSCH A transmission period after the transmission period; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to receive the second PUSCH in the above D available time slots when the second condition is met, and receive the second PUSCH in the above D available time slots when the above second condition is not met Receiving the third PUSCH; or the transceiver unit 1501, configured to receive the second PUSCH in the V time slots of the D available time slots, and except the above V time slots in the above D available time slots The above-mentioned third PUSCH is received in other time slots of , and the above-mentioned V is smaller than the above-mentioned D.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元1502,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;上述M个第一可用时隙和上述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;上述第三PUSCH传输周期为上述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;收发单元1501,用于在上述D个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH;上述收发单元1501,用于接收第一指示信息,上述第一指示信息用于指示在上述D个时隙中接收上述第二PUSCH或者在上述D个时隙中接收上述第三PUSCH。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the above processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the M first available time slots and the third available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission period. M second available time slots corresponding to the PUSCH transmission cycle; the above M first available time slots and the above M second available time slots have D available time slots overlapping; the above third PUSCH transmission cycle is the above second PUSCH A transmission period after the transmission period; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to receive the second PUSCH in the D time slots or receive the third PUSCH in the D time slots; the transceiver unit 1501 is configured to receive the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second PUSCH is received in the D time slots or the third PUSCH is received in the D time slots.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M和PUSCH传输周期的长度P;上述处理单元1502,用于确定用于接收第四PUSCH的M个可用时隙,上述M个可用时隙在同一PUSCH传输周期;收发单元1501,用于在上述M个可用时隙中接收上述第四PUSCH;上述PUSCH传输周期的长度P为以下一个或者多个周期的长度的整数倍:半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期、用于同步数据块传输的符号对应的周期、用于下行测量的符号对应的周期、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号对应的周期、用于上下行切换的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号对应的周期、用于传输优先级高于上述PUSCH的其他 PUCCH的符号对应的周期、用于重复接收PUCCH的符号对应的周期、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号对应的周期、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号对应的周期或用于接收PDCCH的符号对应的周期或者用于接收PDSCH的符号对应的周期。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the length P of the PUSCH transmission period; the above-mentioned processing unit 1502 is configured to determine M available channels for receiving the fourth PUSCH Time slots, the above-mentioned M available time slots are in the same PUSCH transmission cycle; the transceiver unit 1501 is used to receive the above-mentioned fourth PUSCH in the above-mentioned M available time slots; the length P of the above-mentioned PUSCH transmission cycle is the following one or more cycles Integer multiples of the length: the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured by semi-static signaling, the period corresponding to the symbol used for synchronous data block transmission, the period corresponding to the symbol used for downlink measurement, and the physical downlink control channel type used for transmission type 0 0-The period corresponding to the symbol occupied by the control resource set of PDCCH, the period corresponding to the symbol used for uplink and downlink switching, the period corresponding to the symbol used for transmission of other PUSCHs with higher priority than the above PUSCH, and the period used for transmission with high priority Periods corresponding to symbols of other PUCCHs of the above-mentioned PUSCH, periods corresponding to symbols used for repeated reception of PUCCHs, periods corresponding to symbols not available for uplink transmission configured based on high-layer signaling, and used for reception in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario The period corresponding to the symbol of the synchronization data block, the period corresponding to the downlink symbol configured in the semi-static signaling in the reference cell in the carrier aggregation scenario, or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDCCH, or the period corresponding to the symbol used to receive the PDSCH.
在一种实现方式中,处理单元1502,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;上述处理单元1502,用于确定M个可用时隙,若上述M个可用时隙不在同一PUSCH传输周期,则不在上述M个时隙中接收PUSCH。In one implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; the processing unit 1502 is configured to determine M available time slots, if the above M available time slots are not transmitted in the same PUSCH period, the PUSCH is not received in the above M time slots.
该通信装置的其他可能的实现方式,可参见上述图8~图14对应的方法实施例中对接入网设备功能的相关描述,在此不赘述。For other possible implementation manners of the communication apparatus, refer to the relevant description of the functions of the access network device in the above method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 8 to FIG. 14 , which will not be repeated here.
请参见图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图16所示为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置,用于实现上述图8~图14中终端设备的功能。该装置可以是终端设备或用于终端设备的装置。用于终端设备的装置可以为终端设备内的芯片系统或芯片。其中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。Please refer to FIG. 16 . FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16 , a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application is used to realize the functions of the terminal device in FIGS. 8 to 14 above. The device may be a terminal device or a device for a terminal device. The apparatus for a terminal device may be a chip system or a chip in the terminal device. Wherein, the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
或者,通信装置160,用于实现上述图8~图14中接入网设备的功能。该装置可以是接入网设备或用于接入网设备的装置。用于接入网设备的装置可以为接入网设备内的芯片系统或芯片。其中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。Alternatively, the communication device 160 is configured to implement the functions of the access network device in FIGS. 8 to 14 above. The apparatus may be an access network device or an apparatus for an access network device. The apparatus for access network equipment may be a chip system or a chip in the access network equipment. Wherein, the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
通信装置160包括至少一个处理器1620,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备或接入网设备的数据处理功能。装置160还可以包括通信接口1610,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备或接入网设备的收发操作。在本申请实施例中,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信。例如,通信接口1610用于装置160中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。处理器1620利用通信接口1610收发数据,并用于实现上述方法实施例图8~图14上述的方法。The communication device 160 includes at least one processor 1620, configured to implement the data processing function of the terminal device or the access network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Apparatus 160 may also include a communication interface 1610, configured to implement transceiving operations of a terminal device or an access network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium. For example, communication interface 1610 is used for devices in device 160 to communicate with other devices. The processor 1620 uses the communication interface 1610 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the methods described above in FIG. 8 to FIG. 14 in the above method embodiment.
装置160还可以包括至少一个存储器1630,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1630和处理器1620耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1620可能和存储器1630协同操作。处理器1620可能执行存储器1630中存储的程序指令。上述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。Apparatus 160 may also include at least one memory 1630 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 1630 is coupled to the processor 1620 . The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or a communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 1620 may operate in cooperation with the memory 1630 . Processor 1620 may execute program instructions stored in memory 1630 . At least one of the above at least one memory may be included in the processor.
当装置160开机后,处理器1620可以读取存储器1630中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1620对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路(图未示意),射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到装置160时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1620,处理器1620将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the device 160 is turned on, the processor 1620 can read the software program in the memory 1630, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1620 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit (not shown in the figure), and the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and passes the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves Send out. When data is sent to the device 160, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1620, and the processor 1620 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.
在另一种实现中,上述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器1620而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the above-mentioned radio frequency circuit and antenna can be set independently from the processor 1620 that performs baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely from the communication device. .
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口1610、处理器1620以及存储器1630之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图16中以存储器1630、处理器1620以及通信接口1610之间通过总线1640连接,总线在图16中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。上述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图16中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。In this embodiment of the present application, a specific connection medium among the communication interface 1610, the processor 1620, and the memory 1630 is not limited. In the embodiment of the present application, in FIG. 16, the memory 1630, the processor 1620, and the communication interface 1610 are connected through the bus 1640. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 16, and the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited. The above bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 16 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
装置160具体是用于终端设备或接入网设备的装置时,例如装置160具体是芯片或者芯片系统时,通信接口1610所输出或接收的可以是基带信号。装置160具体是终端设备或接入网设备时,通信接口1610所输出或接收的可以是射频信号。在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、操作及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的操作可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。When the apparatus 160 is specifically an apparatus for terminal equipment or access network equipment, for example, when the apparatus 160 is specifically a chip or a chip system, what the communication interface 1610 outputs or receives may be a baseband signal. When the apparatus 160 is specifically a terminal device or an access network device, what the communication interface 1610 outputs or receives may be a radio frequency signal. In this embodiment of the application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, and may implement or Execute the methods, operations and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The operations of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在处理器上运行时,上述图8~图14方法实施例的方法流程得以实现。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a processor, the method flow of the above-mentioned method embodiments in FIGS. 8 to 14 is realized.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当上述计算机程序产品在处理器上运行时,上述方法实施例的图8~图14方法流程得以实现。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product. When the computer program product is run on a processor, the method flow in FIG. 8 to FIG. 14 in the above method embodiment is realized.

Claims (23)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;Determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;
    确定用于发送第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,所述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,所述K小于所述M,在所述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;Determining K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH, the K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission period, the K is less than the M, and the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission period is an unavailable time slot;
    在所述K个可用时隙中发送所述第一PUSCH。Sending the first PUSCH in the K available time slots.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    确定被配置用于发送所述第一PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由所述开始符号S和所述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;所述K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,所述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:determining the start symbol S and the number L of symbols configured to send the first PUSCH, where the time domain resource determined by the start symbol S and the number L of symbols in each slot is the first Time-domain resources: Among the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the K available time slots, the time slots that meet the first condition are unavailable time slots, and the time slots that meet the first condition are unavailable time slots. The first time domain resource included in a conditional time slot overlaps with at least one of the following symbols:
    半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。Downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, used for Symbols for uplink and downlink switching, symbols for transmitting other PUSCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for transmitting other PUCCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for repeated transmission of PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling The configured symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell or the symbols used to receive PDCCH in the carrier aggregation scenario or used for receiving PDSCH symbols.
  3. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;Determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;
    确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;所述M个第一可用时隙和所述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;所述第三PUSCH传输周期为所述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;Determine M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the M first available time slots and the M second available time slots There are D available time slots overlapping; the third PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period;
    当满足第二条件时,在所述D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,当不满足所述第二条件时,在所述D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH;或者When the second condition is met, the second PUSCH is sent in the D available time slots, and when the second condition is not met, the third PUSCH is sent in the D available time slots; or
    在所述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中发送所述第二PUSCH,以及在所述D个可用时隙中除所述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中发送所述第三PUSCH,所述V小于所述D。Send the second PUSCH in V time slots among the D available time slots, and send the second PUSCH in time slots other than the V time slots among the D available time slots Three PUSCH, the V is less than the D.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, further comprising:
    确定被配置用于发送所述第二PUSCH或所述第三PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由所述开始符号S和所述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;所述M个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;所述M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足所述第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;determining the start symbol S and the number L of symbols configured to send the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH, wherein, in each time slot, the number determined by the start symbol S and the number L of symbols The time domain resource is a first time domain resource; among the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the M first available time slots, the time slots that meet the first condition is an unavailable time slot; among the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot in the M second available time slots, when the time slot satisfying the first condition is unavailable gap;
    满足所述第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:The first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols:
    半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于 上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。Downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, used for Symbols for uplink and downlink switching, symbols for transmitting other PUSCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for transmitting other PUCCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for repeated transmission of PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling The configured symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell or the symbols used to receive PDCCH in the carrier aggregation scenario or used for receiving PDSCH symbols.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the second condition comprises:
    若所述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在所述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在所述D个可用时隙中发送所述第二PUSCH;或者If the first available time slot in the M first available time slots is before the first available time slot in the M second available time slots, then send the first available time slot in the D available time slots 2 PUSCH; or
    若所述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在所述D个可用时隙中发送所述第二PUSCH。If the D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the second PUSCH is sent in the D available time slots.
  6. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;Determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;
    确定用于接收第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,所述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,所述K小于所述M,在所述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;Determining K available time slots for receiving the first PUSCH, the K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission period, the K is less than the M, and the time slots outside the first PUSCH transmission period is an unavailable time slot;
    在所述K个可用时隙中接收所述第一PUSCH。The first PUSCH is received in the K available time slots.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, further comprising:
    确定用于接收所述第一PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由所述开始符号S和所述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;所述K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,所述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:determining the start symbol S and the number L of symbols used to receive the first PUSCH, wherein the time domain resource determined by the start symbol S and the number L of symbols in each time slot is the first time domain resource Resources: Among the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the K available time slots, the time slots that meet the first condition are unavailable time slots, and the time slots that meet the first condition The first time-domain resource included in the time slot overlaps with at least one of the following symbols:
    半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。Downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, used for Symbols for uplink and downlink switching, symbols for transmitting other PUSCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for transmitting other PUCCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for repeated transmission of PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling The configured symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell or the symbols used to receive PDCCH in the carrier aggregation scenario or used for receiving PDSCH symbols.
  8. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;Determine the repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;
    确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;所述M个第一可用时隙和所述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;所述第三PUSCH传输周期为所述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;Determine M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the M first available time slots and the M second available time slots There are D available time slots overlapping; the third PUSCH transmission period is the transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period;
    当满足第二条件时,在所述D个可用时隙中接收第二PUSCH,当不满足所述第二条件时,在所述D个可用时隙中接收第三PUSCH;或者When the second condition is met, the second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots, and when the second condition is not met, the third PUSCH is received in the D available time slots; or
    在所述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中接收所述第二PUSCH,以及在所述D个可用时隙中除所述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中接收所述第三PUSCH,所述V小于所述D。Receive the second PUSCH in V time slots among the D available time slots, and receive the second PUSCH in time slots other than the V time slots among the D available time slots Three PUSCH, the V is less than the D.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    确定用于接收所述第二PUSCH或所述第三PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由所述开始符号S和所述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;所述M个第 一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;所述M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足所述第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;determining the start symbol S and the number L of symbols used to receive the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH, wherein the time domain determined by the start symbol S and the number L of symbols in each time slot The resource is a first time domain resource; among the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the M first available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable used time slots; among the consecutive N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot in the M second available time slots, the time slots that satisfy the first condition are unavailable time slots;
    满足所述第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:The first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols:
    半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。Downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, used for Symbols for uplink and downlink switching, symbols for transmitting other PUSCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for transmitting other PUCCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for repeated transmission of PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling The configured symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell or the symbols used to receive PDCCH in the carrier aggregation scenario or used for receiving PDSCH symbols.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the second condition comprises:
    若所述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在所述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在所述D个可用时隙中接收所述第二PUSCH;或者If the first available time slot of the M first available time slots is before the first available time slot of the M second available time slots, receiving the first available time slot in the D available time slots 2 PUSCH; or
    若所述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在所述D个可用时隙中接收所述第二PUSCH。If the D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots.
  11. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;A processing unit, configured to determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;
    所述处理单元,用于确定用于发送第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,所述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,所述K小于所述M,在所述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;The processing unit is configured to determine K available time slots for sending the first PUSCH, the K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission period, the K is less than the M, and the K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission cycle. The time slots outside the transmission period are unavailable time slots;
    收发单元,用于在所述K个可用时隙中发送所述第一PUSCH。A transceiver unit, configured to send the first PUSCH in the K available time slots.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 11, characterized in that,
    所述处理单元,还用于确定被配置用于发送所述第一PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由所述开始符号S和所述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;所述K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,所述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:The processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number L of symbols configured to send the first PUSCH, wherein each time slot is determined by the start symbol S and the number L of symbols The obtained time domain resource is the first time domain resource; in the continuous X time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the K available time slots, the time slots satisfying the first condition are In an unavailable time slot, the first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols:
    半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。Downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, used for Symbols for uplink and downlink switching, symbols for transmitting other PUSCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for transmitting other PUCCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for repeated transmission of PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling The configured symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell or the symbols used to receive PDCCH in the carrier aggregation scenario or used for receiving PDSCH symbols.
  13. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;A processing unit, configured to determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;
    所述处理单元,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH 传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;所述M个第一可用时隙和所述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;所述第三PUSCH传输周期为所述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;The processing unit is configured to determine M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the M first available time slots and the D available time slots overlap among the M second available time slots; the third PUSCH transmission period is a transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period;
    收发单元,用于当满足第二条件时,在所述D个可用时隙中发送第二PUSCH,当不满足所述第二条件时,在所述D个可用时隙中发送第三PUSCH;或者A transceiver unit, configured to send a second PUSCH in the D available time slots when the second condition is met, and send a third PUSCH in the D available time slots when the second condition is not met; or
    所述收发单元,用于在所述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中发送所述第二PUSCH,以及在所述D个可用时隙中除所述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中发送所述第三PUSCH,所述V小于所述D。The transceiver unit is configured to send the second PUSCH in V time slots among the D available time slots, and send the second PUSCH in the D available time slots except the V time slots The third PUSCH is sent in a time slot, and the V is smaller than the D.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 13, characterized in that,
    所述处理单元,还用于确定被配置用于发送所述第二PUSCH或所述第三PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由所述开始符号S和所述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;所述M个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;所述M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足所述第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;The processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L configured for sending the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the start symbol S and the number of symbols L The time-domain resource determined by the number of symbols L is the first time-domain resource; in the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the M first available time slots , the time slot that satisfies the first condition is an unavailable time slot; in the continuous N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot in the M second available time slots, the first available time slot that satisfies the A conditional time slot is an unavailable time slot;
    满足所述第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:The first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols:
    半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。Downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, used for Symbols for uplink and downlink switching, symbols for transmitting other PUSCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for transmitting other PUCCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for repeated transmission of PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling The configured symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell or the symbols used to receive PDCCH in the carrier aggregation scenario or used for receiving PDSCH symbols.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括:The device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the second condition comprises:
    若所述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在所述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在所述D个可用时隙中发送所述第二PUSCH;或者If the first available time slot in the M first available time slots is before the first available time slot in the M second available time slots, then send the first available time slot in the D available time slots 2 PUSCH; or
    若所述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在所述D个可用时隙中发送所述第二PUSCH。If the D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the second PUSCH is sent in the D available time slots.
  16. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;A processing unit, configured to determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;
    所述处理单元,用于确定用于接收第一PUSCH的K个可用时隙,所述K个可用时隙在第一PUSCH传输周期中,所述K小于所述M,在所述第一PUSCH传输周期之外的时隙为不可用时隙;The processing unit is configured to determine K available time slots for receiving the first PUSCH, the K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission period, the K is less than the M, and the K available time slots are in the first PUSCH transmission cycle. The time slots outside the transmission period are unavailable time slots;
    收发单元,用于在所述K个可用时隙中接收所述第一PUSCH。A transceiver unit, configured to receive the first PUSCH in the K available time slots.
  17. 根据权利要求6所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 6, characterized in that,
    所述处理单元,还用于确定用于接收所述第一PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由所述开始符号S和所述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;所述K个可用时隙中第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续X个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙,所述满足第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:The processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number L of symbols used to receive the first PUSCH, wherein the number of symbols determined by the start symbol S and the number L of symbols in each time slot is The time-domain resource is the first time-domain resource; among the X consecutive time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the K available time slots, when the time slots satisfying the first condition are unavailable The first time domain resource included in the time slot satisfying the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols:
    半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。Downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, used for Symbols for uplink and downlink switching, symbols for transmitting other PUSCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for transmitting other PUCCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for repeated transmission of PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling The configured symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell or the symbols used to receive PDCCH in the carrier aggregation scenario or used for receiving PDSCH symbols.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的重复次数参数M;A processing unit, configured to determine a repetition number parameter M of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH;
    所述处理单元,用于确定第二PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第一可用时隙和第三PUSCH传输周期对应的M个第二可用时隙;所述M个第一可用时隙和所述M个第二可用时隙中有D个可用时隙重叠;所述第三PUSCH传输周期为所述第二PUSCH传输周期之后的传输周期;The processing unit is configured to determine M first available time slots corresponding to the second PUSCH transmission cycle and M second available time slots corresponding to the third PUSCH transmission cycle; the M first available time slots and the D available time slots overlap among the M second available time slots; the third PUSCH transmission period is a transmission period after the second PUSCH transmission period;
    收发单元,用于当满足第二条件时,在所述D个可用时隙中接收第二PUSCH,当不满足所述第二条件时,在所述D个可用时隙中接收第三PUSCH;或者A transceiver unit, configured to receive a second PUSCH in the D available time slots when the second condition is met, and receive a third PUSCH in the D available time slots when the second condition is not met; or
    所述收发单元,用于在所述D个可用时隙中的V个时隙中接收所述第二PUSCH,以及在所述D个可用时隙中除所述V个时隙之外的其他时隙中接收所述第三PUSCH,所述V小于所述D。The transceiver unit is configured to receive the second PUSCH in V time slots among the D available time slots, and receive the second PUSCH in the D available time slots except the V time slots The third PUSCH is received in a time slot, and the V is smaller than the D.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 18, characterized in that,
    所述处理单元,还用于确定用于接收所述第二PUSCH或所述第三PUSCH的开始符号S和符号个数L,其中,每个时隙中由所述开始符号S和所述符号个数L确定出的时域资源为第一时域资源;所述M个第一可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N1个时隙中,满足第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;所述M个第二可用时隙中的第一个可用时隙与最后一个可用时隙之间的连续N2个时隙中,满足所述第一条件的时隙为不可用时隙;The processing unit is further configured to determine the start symbol S and the number of symbols L for receiving the second PUSCH or the third PUSCH, wherein each time slot consists of the start symbol S and the number of symbols The time-domain resource determined by the number L is the first time-domain resource; in the consecutive N1 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot among the M first available time slots, satisfy The time slot of the first condition is an unavailable time slot; in the continuous N2 time slots between the first available time slot and the last available time slot in the M second available time slots, the first condition is satisfied The time slots are unavailable time slots;
    满足所述第一条件的时隙包括的第一时域资源与以下至少一种符号重叠:The first time domain resource included in the time slot meeting the first condition overlaps with at least one of the following symbols:
    半静态信令配置的下行符号、用于同步数据块传输的符号、用于下行测量的符号、用于传输类型0的物理下行控制信道type 0-PDCCH的控制资源集合所占的符号、用于上下行切换的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUSCH的符号、用于传输优先级高于所述PUSCH的其他PUCCH的符号、用于重复发送PUCCH的符号、基于高层信令配置的不可用于上行传输的符号、载波聚合场景下用于在其他小区接收同步数据块的符号、载波聚合场景下参考小区中半静态信令配置的下行符号或用于接收PDCCH的符号或者用于接收PDSCH的符号。Downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling, symbols used for synchronous data block transmission, symbols used for downlink measurement, symbols occupied by the control resource set of physical downlink control channel type 0-PDCCH used for transmission type 0, used for Symbols for uplink and downlink switching, symbols for transmitting other PUSCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for transmitting other PUCCHs with higher priority than the PUSCH, symbols for repeated transmission of PUCCH, based on high-layer signaling The configured symbols that cannot be used for uplink transmission, the symbols used to receive synchronization data blocks in other cells in the carrier aggregation scenario, the downlink symbols configured by semi-static signaling in the reference cell or the symbols used to receive PDCCH in the carrier aggregation scenario or used for receiving PDSCH symbols.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二条件包括:The device according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the second condition comprises:
    若所述M个第一可用时隙中第一个可用时隙在所述M个第二可用时隙中第一个可用时隙之前,则在所述D个可用时隙中接收所述第二PUSCH;或者If the first available time slot of the M first available time slots is before the first available time slot of the M second available time slots, receiving the first available time slot in the D available time slots 2 PUSCH; or
    若所述D小于或者等于第一预设阈值Q,则在所述D个可用时隙中接收所述第二PUSCH。If the D is less than or equal to the first preset threshold Q, the second PUSCH is received in the D available time slots.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储介质,所述存储介质存储有指令,所述指令被所述处理器运行时,使得根据权利要求1~2中任一项所述的方法,或, 根据权利要求3~5中任一项所述的方法,或,根据权利要求6~7中任一项所述的方法,或,根据权利要求8~10中任一项所述的方法被实现。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor and a storage medium, and the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, according to any one of claims 1-2 The method, or, the method according to any one of claims 3-5, or, the method according to any one of claims 6-7, or, according to any one of claims 8-10 The method described in item is implemented.
  22. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质包括指令,当所述指令被处理器运行时,使得根据权利要求1~2中任一项所述的方法,或,根据权利要求3~5中任一项所述的方法,或,根据权利要求6~7中任一项所述的方法,或,根据权利要求8~10中任一项所述的方法被实现。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium includes instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 1-2, or, The method according to any one of claims 3-5, or, the method according to any one of claims 6-7, or, the method according to any one of claims 8-10 is implemented .
  23. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括指令,当所述指令被处理器运行时,使得根据权利要求1~2中任一项所述的方法,或,根据权利要求3~5中任一项所述的方法,或,根据权利要求6~7中任一项所述的方法,或,根据权利要求8~10中任一项所述的方法被实现。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 1-2, or, according to claim 3 The method according to any one of claims 6-5, or, the method according to any one of claims 6-7, or, the method according to any one of claims 8-10 is implemented.
PCT/CN2022/106515 2021-07-27 2022-07-19 Communication method and apparatus WO2023005744A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110853301.9 2021-07-27
CN202110853301.9A CN115696585A (en) 2021-07-27 2021-07-27 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023005744A1 true WO2023005744A1 (en) 2023-02-02

Family

ID=85057790

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/106515 WO2023005744A1 (en) 2021-07-27 2022-07-19 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115696585A (en)
WO (1) WO2023005744A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110958085A (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-03 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Uplink signal sending method and device
US20200146034A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-05-07 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting a transport block in a transmission occasion
CN111919405A (en) * 2018-02-14 2020-11-10 夏普株式会社 User equipment, base station and method for uplink transmission without grant
EP3827540A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-06-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Uplink transmission method, user equipment, base station, and computer readable medium

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111919405A (en) * 2018-02-14 2020-11-10 夏普株式会社 User equipment, base station and method for uplink transmission without grant
EP3827540A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-06-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Uplink transmission method, user equipment, base station, and computer readable medium
CN110958085A (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-03 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Uplink signal sending method and device
US20200146034A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-05-07 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting a transport block in a transmission occasion

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Enhanced UL configured grant transmissions", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1812226, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Spokane, USA; 20181112 - 20181116, 11 November 2018 (2018-11-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051554098 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115696585A (en) 2023-02-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6976942B2 (en) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Payload Mapping for Short Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) on Shared Communication Media
CN109392152B (en) Communication method and communication device
CN113348642B (en) User equipment and system for performing transmitting and receiving operations
JP6991990B2 (en) Techniques for communicating in an extended uplink pilot time slot
WO2019213971A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink signal, and terminal device
KR102313943B1 (en) Method for communication in wireless communication system based on carrier aggregation
CN112399604B (en) Apparatus and method for processing reception
US20220361164A1 (en) Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus
JP7400842B2 (en) Methods, terminal devices, and network devices
CN107534984B (en) Configuration method and equipment of component carrier group
WO2022011699A1 (en) Communication method and sidelink device
CN111385880B (en) Method and device for determining time domain resources
WO2020114453A9 (en) Srs transmission method, access network device and terminal device
WO2023011542A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
WO2023005744A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114451017A (en) Method and device for activating and releasing non-dynamic scheduling transmission
KR20220045141A (en) Data transmission method, terminal device, network device and storage medium
CN113498067B (en) Apparatus and method for processing uplink transmission with multiple sounding reference signals
WO2019056974A1 (en) Uplink-scheduling determination method, user equipment, and base station
WO2022077352A1 (en) Technologies for reliable physical data channel reception in wireless communications
CN112703791B (en) Communication method and device
CN111726864A (en) Communication method and device
WO2023011372A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2023011648A1 (en) Signal sending method and apparatus
CN111770571B (en) Communication method and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22848349

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE